Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


FORM 10‑K

(Mark One)

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                    

Commission File Number 001‑32722


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE

(State of incorporation)

95‑2848406

(IRS Employer Identification No.)

165 Broadway, New York, New York

(Address of principal executive offices)

10006

(Zip Code)

(212) 588‑4000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

(Title of class)

New York Stock Exchange

(Name of exchange on which registered)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT: None


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well‑known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐  No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐  No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S‑T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S‑K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10‑K or any amendment to this Form 10‑K ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company . See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:

 

 

 

 

Large accelerated filer ☒

 

Accelerated filer ☐

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer ☐

 

Smaller reporting company ☐

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

 

 

Emerging growth company  ☐

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act)  Yes ☐  No ☒

 

Aggregate market value of the voting stock

held by non‑affiliates of the

Registrant at June 30, 2017:

$689,569,053

Number of shares outstanding of the

Registrant’s Class of common stock

at February 20, 2018:

33,080,682

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Proxy Statement relating to the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (incorporated, in part, in Form 10‑K Part III)

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

2017 FORM 10‑K ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

Forward Looking Statements

ii

 

PART I

 

Item 1.  

Business

1

Item 1A.  

Risk Factors

8

Item 1B.  

Unresolved Staff Comments

20

Item 2.  

Properties

20

Item 3.  

Legal Proceedings

21

Item 4  

Mine Safety Disclosures

21

 

PART II

 

Item 5.  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

22

Item 6.  

Selected Financial Data

25

Item 7.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

26

Item 7A.  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

48

Item 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

50

Item 9.  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

91

Item 9A.  

Controls and Procedures

91

Item 9B.  

Other Information

94

 

PART III

 

Item 10.  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

94

Item 11.  

Executive Compensation

94

Item 12 .

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

94

Item 13.  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

94

Item 14.  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

94

 

PART IV

 

Item 15.  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

95

Item 16.  

Form 10-K Summary

98

Investment Technology Group, ITG, the ITG logo, AlterNet, TriAct, ITG Net, POSIT, POSIT Alert, RFQ‑hub and Triton are registered trademarks or service marks of the Investment Technology Group, Inc. companies. ITG Opt, Trade Ops and Single Ticket Clearing are trademarks or service marks of the Investment Technology Group, Inc. companies.

i


 

Table of Contents

PRELIMINARY NOTES

When we use the terms “ITG,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our,” we mean Investment Technology Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

FORWARD‑LOOKING STATEMENTS

In addition to the historical information contained throughout this Annual Report on Form 10‑K, there are forward‑looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements regarding our expectations related to our future financial position, results of operations, revenues, cash flows, dividends, financing plans, business and product strategies, competitive positions, as well as the plans and objectives of management for future operations, and all expectations concerning securities markets, client trading and economic trends are forward‑looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward‑looking words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “trend,” “potential” or “continue” and the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology.

Although we believe our expectations reflected in such forward‑looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions and beliefs, and on information currently available to our management, there can be no assurance that such expectations will prove to have been correct. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations reflected in the forward‑looking statements herein include, among others, general economic, business, credit, political and financial market conditions, both internationally and domestically, financial market volatility, fluctuations in market trading volumes, effects of inflation, adverse changes or volatility in interest rates, fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, evolving industry regulations and increased regulatory scrutiny, the outcome of contingencies such as legal proceedings or governmental or regulatory investigations and customer or shareholder reaction to, or further proceedings or sanctions based on, such matters, the volatility of our stock price, changes in tax policy or accounting rules, the ability of the Company to utilize its loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards, the actions of both current and potential new competitors, changes in commission pricing, rapid changes in technology, errors or malfunctions in our systems or technology, operational risks related to misconduct or errors by our employees or entities with which we do business, cash flows into or redemptions from equity mutual funds, ability to meet the capital and liquidity requirements of our securities businesses and the related clearing of our customers’ trades, customer trading patterns, the success of our products and service offerings, our ability to continue to innovate and meet the demands of our customers for new or enhanced products, our ability to protect our intellectual property, our ability to execute on strategic initiatives or transactions, our ability to attract and retain talented employees, and our ability to pay dividends or repurchase our common stock in the future.

Certain of these factors, and other factors, are more fully discussed in Item 1A, Risk Factors, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , and Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk , in this Annual Report which you are encouraged to read.

We disclaim any duty to update any of these forward‑looking statements after the filing of this report to conform our prior statements to actual results or revised expectations and we do not intend to do so. These forward‑looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the filing of this report.

 

 

ii


 

Table of Contents

Item 1.  Business

Investment Technology Group, Inc. was formed as a Delaware corporation on July 22, 1983. Its principal subsidiaries include: (1) ITG Inc. and AlterNet Securities, Inc. (“AlterNet”), institutional broker‑dealers in the United States (“U.S.”), (2) ITG Canada Corp. (“ITG Canada”), an institutional broker‑dealer in Canada, (3) Investment Technology Group Limited (“ITG Europe”), an institutional broker‑dealer in Europe, (4) ITG Australia Limited (“ITG Australia”), an institutional broker‑dealer in Australia, (5) ITG Hong Kong Limited (“ITG Hong Kong”), an institutional broker‑dealer in Hong Kong, (6) ITG Software Solutions, Inc., our intangible property, software development and maintenance subsidiary in the U.S. and (7) ITG Solutions Network, Inc., a holding company for ITG Analytics, Inc., a provider of pre‑ and post‑trade analysis, fair value and trade optimization services, and ITG Platforms Inc., a provider of workflow technology solutions and network connectivity services for the financial community.

ITG is a global financial technology company that helps leading brokers and asset managers improve returns for investors around the world. We empower traders to reduce the end-to-end cost of implementing investments via liquidity, execution, analytics and workflow technology solutions.   The firm is headquartered in New York with offices in North America, Europe, and the Asia Pacific region and offers execution services in more than 50 countries.

ITG’s business is organized into four reportable operating segments: U.S. Operations, Canadian Operations, European Operations and Asia Pacific Operations (see Note 22,   Segment Reporting, to the consolidated financial statements). These four operating segments provide the following categories of products and services:

 

·

Execution Services — includes (a) liquidity matching through POSIT, our Alternative Trading System (“ATS”), (b) self-directed trading using algorithms (including single stocks and portfolio lists) and smart routing, (c) portfolio trading and single stock sales trading desks providing execution expertise and (d) futures and options trading

 

·

Workflow Technology — includes trade order and execution management software applications in addition to network connectivity

 

·

Analytics — includes (a) tools enabling portfolio managers and traders to improve pre-trade, real-time and post-trade execution performance, (b) portfolio construction and optimization decisions and (c) securities valuation

 

Regional segment results exclude the impact of corporate activity, which is presented separately and includes investment income from treasury activity, certain non-operating revenues and other gains as well as costs not associated with operating the businesses within the Company’s regional segments. These costs include, among others, (a) the costs of being a public company, such as certain staff costs, a portion of external audit fees, and reporting, filing and listing costs, (b) intangible asset amortization, (c) interest expense, (d) professional fees associated with our global transfer pricing structure, (e) foreign exchange gains or losses and (f) certain non‑operating expenses.

Execution Services

ITG execution services includes liquidity matching through POSIT, self‑directed trading by clients using algorithms (including single stocks and portfolio lists) and smart routing and futures and options trading. ITG execution services also provides execution expertise through portfolio trading and single stock trading desks.

POSIT

POSIT was launched in 1987 as a point‑in‑time electronic crossing network. Today, POSIT provides anonymous continuous and scheduled crossing of non‑displayed (or dark) equity orders and price improvement opportunities within the published best bid and offer price.

POSIT Alert is a block crossing mechanism within POSIT. POSIT Alert scans uncommitted shares from participating clients. When a crossing opportunity is detected, POSIT Alert notifies the relevant buy‑side users that a matching opportunity exists.

1


 

Table of Contents

The Dark aggregation algorithm (formerly branded as POSIT Marketplace) provides access to POSIT liquidity, the dark pools of other ATSs, and certain exchange dark order types. Dark is a dark pool aggregator that provides clients with access to a large range of non‑displayed liquidity destinations. Dark uses advanced quantitative techniques in an effort to interact with quality liquidity while helping to protect clients from gaming.

ITG’s Algorithms and Smart Order Router

ITG’s algorithms and smart order router offer portfolio managers and traders a way to trade orders quickly, comprehensively and cost‑efficiently from our Execution Management Systems (“EMS”) or our Order Management System (“OMS”) and most third‑party trading platforms. The algorithms execute orders anonymously and discreetly, thereby potentially lowering market impact costs and improving overall performance. ITG’s algorithms help users pursue best execution through two suites: ITG Single‑Stock Algorithms and ITG List‑Based Algorithms.

Our smart order router offers a solution for routing trades that can help capture liquidity with a combination of speed and confidentiality. These routers continuously scan markets for liquidity with an emphasis on trading without displaying the order. Our smart order router uses proprietary techniques to quickly execute at the best available prices.

Single Stock and Portfolio Trading

ITG provides single-stock sales trading as well as portfolio trading for institutional clients. ITG’s trading desks are staffed with experienced trading professionals who provide ITG clients with execution through advanced electronic tools.

Matrix Holding Group

In September 2017, we signed a definitive agreement with Option Technology Solutions LLC (“OpTech”) to form Matrix Holdings Group (“Matrix”), a newly established derivatives execution and technology business focused on sell-side clients, professional traders and select hedge funds. The transaction closed on February 16, 2018. We hold an approximate 20% stake in Matrix and we leverage the technology of this venture to provide derivatives execution to our institutional client base.

Workflow Technology

Execution Management and Order Management

Our EMS is designed to meet the needs of a broad range of trading styles. Triton is ITG’s award‑winning, multi‑asset and broker‑neutral EMS, which brings a complete set of integrated execution and analytical tools to the user’s desktop for global list‑based and single‑stock trading, as well as futures and options capabilities and a fully integrated and supported financial services communications network (ITG Net). Triton also provides traders with access to scalable, low‑latency, multi‑asset trading opportunities.

Our OMS combines portfolio management, compliance functionality (ITG’s Compliance Monitoring System), and a fully integrated and supported financial services communications network (ITG Net) with a consolidated, outsourced service for global trade matching and settlement (Trade Ops) that provides connectivity to the industry’s post‑trade utilities, as well as support for multiple, flexible settlement communication methods and a real‑time process monitor.

ITG Net

ITG Net is a global financial communications network that provides secure, reliable and fully supported connectivity between buy‑side and sell‑side firms for multi‑asset order routing and indication‑of‑interest messages with ITG and third‑party trading platforms. ITG Net supports approximately 9,000 global connections to more than 580 unique execution destinations worldwide. ITG Net also integrates the trading products of third‑party brokers and ATSs into our OMS and EMS platforms.

2


 

Table of Contents

RFQ‑hub

RFQ‑hub, a multi‑asset platform for global listed and over‑the‑counter (“OTC”) financial instruments, connects buy‑side trading desks and portfolio managers with a large network of sell‑side market makers in Europe, North America and the Asia Pacific region, allowing these trading desks to place requests‑for‑quotes (“RFQ”) in negotiated equities, futures, options, swaps, convertible bonds, structured products and commodities. RFQ‑hub is available as a stand‑alone platform and is also integrated with Triton.

Single Ticket Clearing

ITG’s commitment to best execution also extends to broker‑neutral operational services to help ensure that trades clear and settle efficiently, and to significantly lower the transaction costs associated with trade tickets. Single Ticket Clearing is a broker‑neutral service that aggregates executions across multiple destinations for settlement purposes. Single Ticket Clearing helps reduce the number of trade tickets and resulting charges imposed by custodians, reducing the costs of trade processing due to market fragmentation.

Commission Management Services

ITG offers administration and consolidation of client commission arrangements across a wide range of our clients’ preferred brokerage and research providers through Commission Manager, a robust, multi‑asset, web‑based commission management portal, and Budget Tracker, which enables asset managers to set research valuations and create and track budgets for their end clients. ITG also offers a comprehensive research payment account solution, enabling clients to unbundle research and execution payments to comply with Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID”) II regulations.

Analytics

Trading Analytics

Our trading analytics suite enables portfolio managers and traders to improve execution performance before the trade happens (pre‑trade) and during trading (real‑time) by providing reliable trading analytics and risk models that help them perform predictive analyses, manage risk, change strategy and reduce trading costs. Trading costs are affected by multiple factors, such as execution strategies, time horizon, volatility, spread, volume and order size. Our trading analytics suite gauges the effects of these factors and aids in the understanding of the trade‑off between market impact and opportunity cost.

Our transaction cost analysis (“TCA”) offers unique measurement and reporting capabilities to analyze costs and performance across the trading continuum. TCA assesses trading performance and implicit costs under various market conditions so users can adjust strategies and potentially reduce costs and boost investment performance. TCA is also available for foreign exchange transactions (TCA for FX) and for corporate and sovereign bond trading (Fixed Income TCA).

Alpha Capture Reporting measures cost at every point of the investment process and provides portfolio managers with quarterly analytical reviews, written interpretations and on‑site consultative recommendations to enhance performance.

Portfolio Analytics

ITG provides market‑leading tools to assist asset managers with portfolio decision‑making tasks from portfolio construction and optimization to the enterprise challenge of global, real‑time portfolio performance monitoring.

Fair Value helps mutual fund managers meet their obligations to investors and regulators to fairly price the securities within their funds, and helps minimize the impact of market timing.

ITG Opt allows portfolio managers to develop new portfolio construction strategies and solve complex optimization problems. ITG Opt allows users to accurately model tax liability, transaction costs and long/short objectives, while adhering to diverse portfolio‑specific constraints.

3


 

Table of Contents

Non‑U.S. Operations

ITG has established a strong and growing presence in key financial centers around the world to serve the needs of global institutional investors. In addition to its New York headquarters, ITG has North American offices in Boston, Chicago, Los Angeles, San Francisco and Toronto. In Europe, ITG has offices in London, Dublin and Paris. In the Asia Pacific region, ITG has offices in Hong Kong, Singapore, Sydney and Melbourne. Local representation in regional markets provides an important competitive advantage for ITG. ITG also provides electronic and single stock sales trading for Latin American equities from its New York headquarters, including algorithms for Brazil, Mexico and Chile, and POSIT Alert on-exchange block crossing in Brazil and Mexico, as well as single stock sales trading access into Colombia and Peru.

Canadian Operations

ITG Canada was founded in 2000. ITG Canada provides electronic brokerage services, including ITG’s algorithms and smart order router, as well as single stock execution, portfolio trading services and commission management services. In addition, ITG Canada provides Triton, connectivity services, Single Ticket Clearing, ITG Opt, trading analytics, TCA, and Fair Value. ITG Canada also engages in foreign exchange trading to facilitate equity trades by clients in different currencies as well as other client foreign exchange trades unrelated to equity trades.

In July 2007, ITG Canada launched MATCHNow, an ATS for Canadian‑listed equities, operated by ITG’s wholly‑owned subsidiary, TriAct Canada Marketplace LP (“TriAct”). MATCHNow is a leading dark pool ATS in Canada, offering a call auction marketplace with a confidential non‑displayed book with trades executed at or within the Canadian National Best Bid and Offer.

European Operations

ITG Europe was established as a broker‑dealer in 1998. Today, ITG Europe focuses on trading European, Middle Eastern and African equities as well as providing ITG’s technologies to its clients. ITG Europe provides electronic brokerage services including ITG’s algorithms and smart order router, and the POSIT suite, as well as single stock execution services, portfolio trading services and commission management services. In January 2018, ITG (a) expanded its dark cash equity orders segment to include an any price point system and reference price system, in each case, for large sized orders that will not be subject to planned European double volume caps set at 4% of all the dark regulated venue trading volume in a given security for any individual dark venue and 8% of such volume for all dark trading venues in the aggregate and (b) launched POSIT Auction, a lit segment on the POSIT Multilateral Trading Facility (“MTF”) which seeks to provide additional access to liquidity under MiFID II trading rules. In Europe, ITG provides Triton, OMS, connectivity services, Single Ticket Clearing, RFQ‑hub, TCA, Alpha Capture Reporting, trading analytics and Fair Value.

Asia Pacific Operations

Australia

In 1997, ITG launched ITG Australia, an institutional brokerage firm specializing in execution and analytics for Australian‑listed equities. ITG provides clients with a range of products and services including trade execution, trade execution management through Triton, connectivity services and pre‑ and post‑trade analysis through TCA and trading analytics. Trade execution services include electronic brokerage products such as ITG’s algorithms and the POSIT suite, as well as single stock trading.

Hong Kong

In 2001, ITG formed ITG Hong Kong, an institutional broker‑dealer focused on developing and applying ITG’s technologies across the Asian markets. Execution services are provided through electronic brokerage products such as ITG’s algorithms and the POSIT suite and through an experienced single stock and portfolio trading services team. Other trading and analytical tools provided by ITG Hong Kong include Triton, connectivity services, TCA and trading analytics.

4


 

Table of Contents

Singapore

In 2010, ITG Singapore Pte. Limited (“ITG Singapore”) obtained a Capital Markets Services License from the Monetary Authority of Singapore (“MAS”). ITG Singapore provides clients in Singapore with a range of ITG’s products and services including trade execution management through Triton and trading analysis through TCA and trading analytics.

Competition

The financial services industry generally, and the institutional securities brokerage business in which we operate, are extremely competitive, and we expect them to remain so for the foreseeable future. Our full suite of products does not directly compete with any particular firm; however, individual products compete with various firms and consortia:

·

Our trading and portfolio analytics compete with offerings from several sell‑side‑affiliated and independent companies.

·

POSIT and MATCHNow compete with various national and regional securities exchanges, ATSs, Electronic Communication Networks, MTFs and systematic internalizers for trade execution services.

·

Our EMSs, OMS, connectivity and RFQ services compete with offerings from independent vendors, agency‑only firms and other sell‑side firms.

·

Our algorithmic and smart routing products, as well as our high‑touch agency execution and portfolio trading services, compete with agency‑only and other sell‑side firms.

In many cases we face competitors that are larger than we are and have greater financial resources than we have. These competitors may have more flexibility to offer a broader set of products and services than we can. Competition is also intense for the recruitment and retention of qualified professionals. The performance of our business is in large part dependent on the skills, expertise and performance of our employees. Our ability to continue to compete effectively in our businesses will depend upon our continued ability to attract new professionals and retain and motivate our existing professionals.

Regulation

Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to various securities regulations and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. In the U.S., the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) is the federal agency responsible for the administration of the federal securities laws, with the regulation of broker‑dealers primarily delegated to self‑regulatory organizations (“SROs”), principally the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) as well as other national securities exchanges. In addition to federal and SRO oversight, securities firms are also subject to regulation by state securities administrators in those states in which they conduct business. Furthermore, our non‑U.S. subsidiaries are subject to regulation by central banks and regulatory bodies in those jurisdictions where each subsidiary is authorized to do business, as further discussed below. The SROs, central banks and regulatory bodies conduct periodic examinations of our broker‑dealer subsidiaries in accordance with the rules they have adopted and amended from time to time.

ITG’s principal regulated subsidiaries are listed below. The principal self‑regulator of our U.S. broker‑dealers is FINRA.

·

ITG Inc. is a U.S. broker‑dealer registered with the SEC, FINRA, The NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”), New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE Arca, Inc., NYSE American, Cboe BYX Exchange, Inc., Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (“BZX”), Chicago Stock Exchange Inc., Cboe EDGA Exchange, Inc. (“EDGA”), Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc. (“EDGX”), NASDAQ BX, Inc., NASDAQ PHLX LLC, The Investors Exchange LLC, National Futures Association, all 50 states, Puerto Rico and the District of Columbia.

5


 

Table of Contents

·

AlterNet is a U.S. broker‑dealer registered with the SEC, FINRA, NASDAQ, EDGA, EDGX and 14 states.

·

ITG Canada is a Canadian broker‑dealer registered as an investment dealer with the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada (“IIROC”), Ontario Securities Commission (“OSC”), the Autorité Des Marchés Financiers in Quebec, Alberta Securities Commission (“ASC”), British Columbia Securities Commission, Manitoba Securities Commission, New Brunswick Securities Commission, Nova Scotia Securities Commission and Saskatchewan Financial Services Commission. ITG Canada is also registered as a Futures Commission Merchant in Ontario and Manitoba and Derivatives Dealer in Quebec. ITG Canada is a member of the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”), TSX Venture Exchange, TriAct (which is registered with the OSC and ASC), NASDAQ Canada, CX2, CXD, Omega, Lynx, Canadian Securities Exchange, TSX Alpha Exchange, Instinet Canada Cross Limited and Aequitas NEO Exchange (of which ITG Canada is a minority owner and has a board seat).

·

ITG Europe is authorized and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland. ITG Europe is a member of the main national European exchanges, including the London Stock Exchange, Deutsche Börse and Euronext, as well as most of the European‑domiciled MTFs. It also operates the POSIT crossing system in Europe as a MTF under MiFID II. ITG Europe’s London Branch is registered with the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) and ITG Europe’s Paris branch is registered with the Banque de France. AlterNet (UK) Limited, a U.K. broker, is registered with the FCA.

·

ITG Australia is a market participant of the Australian Securities Exchange (“ASX”) and Chi‑X Australia Limited. It is also a holder of an Australian Financial Services License issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”). ITG Australia’s principal regulators are the ASX and ASIC.

·

ITG Hong Kong is a participating organization of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and a holder of a securities dealer’s license issued by the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong (“SFC”), with the SFC acting as its principal regulator.

·

ITG Singapore is a holder of a Capital Markets Services License from the MAS, with the MAS acting as its principal regulator.

Broker‑dealers are subject to regulations covering all aspects of the securities trading business, including sales methods, trade practices, investment research distribution, anti-money laundering/anti-bribery compliance, use and safekeeping of clients’ funds and securities, capital structure, record keeping, technology implementation, risk management and conduct of directors, officers and employees. Additional legislation or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules may directly affect the mode of operation and profitability of broker‑dealers. The SEC, SROs, state securities commissions and foreign regulatory authorities may conduct administrative proceedings or commence judicial actions, which can result in censure, judgments, settlements, fines, disgorgements, penalties, injunctions, the issuance of cease‑and‑desist orders or the suspension or expulsion of a broker‑dealer, its directors, officers or employees.

ITG Inc. and AlterNet are required by law to belong to the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”). In the event of a U.S. broker‑dealer’s insolvency, the SIPC fund provides protection for client accounts up to $500,000 per customer, with a limitation of $250,000 on claims for cash balances. ITG Canada and TriAct are required by Canadian law to belong to the Canadian Investors Protection Fund (“CIPF”). In the event of a Canadian broker‑dealer’s insolvency, CIPF provides protection for client accounts up to CAD $1 million per customer. ITG Europe is required to be a member of the Investor Compensation Protection Schemes which provides compensation to retail investors in the event of certain stated defaults by an investment firm. ITG Hong Kong is regulated by the SFC. The SFC operates the Investor Compensation Fund which provides compensation to retail investors in the event of a default by a regulated financial institution. ITG Australia is obligated to contribute to the ACH Clearing Fund and/or the National Guarantee Fund if and when requested by ASIC. In the past twelve months, no such requests have been made of ITG Australia.

Regulation ATS

Regulation ATS permits U.S. “alternative trading systems” such as POSIT to match orders submitted by buyers and sellers without having to register as a national securities exchange. Accordingly, POSIT is not registered with the SEC as an exchange. We continue to review and monitor POSIT’s systems and procedures to ensure compliance with

6


 

Table of Contents

Regulation ATS. The Form ATS describing the operations of POSIT in the U.S. is publicly available at http://www.itg.com/about/transparency/.

Net Capital Requirement

ITG Inc. and AlterNet are subject to the Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3‑1) under the Exchange Act, which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital.

ITG Inc. has elected to use the alternative method permitted by Rule 15c3‑1, which requires that ITG Inc. maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of $1.0 million or 2% of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions, as defined. AlterNet has elected to use the basic method permitted by Rule 15c3‑1, which requires that they maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of 6 2 / 3 % of aggregate indebtedness or $100,000. Dividends or withdrawals of capital cannot be made if capital is needed to comply with regulatory requirements.  In addition, our Canadian, European and Asia Pacific Operations have subsidiaries with regulatory capital requirements.

For further information on our net capital position, see Note 16, Net Capital Requirement , to the consolidated financial statements.

Research and Product Development

We devote a significant portion of our resources to the development and improvement of technology‑based services. Important aspects of our research and development efforts include enhancements of existing software, the ongoing development of new software and services and investment in technology to enhance our efficiency.

The amounts expensed for research and development costs, excluding routine maintenance, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are estimated at $32.8 million, $31.8 million and $29.2 million, respectively.

Intellectual Property

Patents and other proprietary rights are important to our business. We also rely upon trade secrets, know‑how, continuing technological innovations, and licensing opportunities to maintain and improve our competitive position.

We own a portfolio of patents and patent applications, in the U.S. and abroad, that principally relate to financial services, information technology and software. Patents for individual products extend for varying periods according to the date of patent filing or grant and the legal term of patents in the various countries where patent protection is obtained. We also own and maintain a portfolio of trademarks. The extent and duration of trademark rights are dependent upon national laws and use of the trademarks.

While we consider our patents and trademarks to be valued assets, we do not believe that our competitive position is heavily dependent on patent or trademark protection or that our operations are dependent upon any single patent or group of related patents.

It is our practice to enter into confidentiality and intellectual property ownership agreements with our clients, employees, independent contractors and business partners, and to control access to, and distribution of, our intellectual property.

Clients

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, no single client accounted for more than 5% of our consolidated revenue.

Employees

On December 31, 2017, the Company employed 934 staff globally, of whom 581, 89, 155, and 109 staff were employed by the U.S., Canadian, European and Asia Pacific Operations, respectively.

7


 

Table of Contents

Website and Availability of Public Reports

Our website can be found at http://www.itg.com . From time to time, we may use our website as a channel of distribution of material company information. Financial and other material information is routinely posted and accessible on the investor relations section of our corporate website, http:// investor.itg.com . We are not including the information contained on our website as part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.

We are required to file reports and other information with the SEC. Our Annual Reports on Form 10‑K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10‑Q and Current Reports on Form 8‑K, together with any amendments to those reports are available without charge on our website at http://investor.itg.com . We make this information available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such information with, or furnish it to, the SEC. A copy of these filings is also available at the SEC’s website ( www.sec.gov ). Additionally, you may read and copy any documents filed by us at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1‑800‑SEC‑0330 for further information on the Public Reference Room.

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

Certain Factors That May Affect Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations

We face risks and uncertainties that may affect our financial condition and results of operations. The following risk factors should be considered in evaluating our business and outlook and may be important to understanding any statement in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K. These risk factors should be read in conjunction with Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , and the consolidated financial statements and related notes in Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Form 10‑K.

Decreases in equity trading activity by active fund managers and declining securities prices could harm our business and profitability.

Declines in the trading activity of active fund managers generally result in lower revenues from our trading solutions, which generate the majority of our revenues globally. In addition, securities’ price declines adversely affect our trading commissions outside North America, which are based on the value of transactions. The demand for our trading solutions is directly affected by factors such as economic, regulatory and political conditions that may lead to decreased trading activity and prices in the securities markets in the U.S. and in the foreign markets we serve. Significant flows of investments out of actively‑managed equity funds has curtailed their trading activity, which continues to weigh on our buy‑side trading volumes and the use of some of our higher value services. Volatility levels also impact the amount of trading activity. Sustained periods of low volatility can result in lower levels of trading activity. In addition, trading activity tends to decline in periods following extreme levels of volatility.

Decreases in our commission rates and other transactional revenues could adversely affect our operating results.

Commission rates on institutional trading activity have declined historically and we anticipate a continuation of the competitive pricing environment for the foreseeable future. In addition, we have seen a shift in the mix of our business to include an increased portion from higher‑turnover, lower‑rate clients, particularly sell‑side firms. A decline in commission rates or revenue capture from future mix shifts or from rate reductions within client segments could materially reduce our margins and harm our operating results.

Our fixed costs may result in reduced profitability or losses.

We incur significant operating and capital expenditures to support our business that do not vary directly, at least in the short term, with fluctuations in executed transaction volumes or revenues. In addition, changes in market practices have required us, and may require us in the future, to invest in additional infrastructure to increase capacity levels without a corresponding increase in revenues. To ensure that we have the capacity to process projected increases in trade orders and executed transaction volumes, we have historically made substantial infrastructure investments in advance of such projected increases, including during periods of low revenues. In the event of reductions in trade executions and/or revenues, we may not be able to reduce such expenses quickly and, as a result, we could experience reduced profitability or losses. If the growth in our executed volumes does not occur or we are not able to successfully implement and monetize our investments, including by failing to accurately forecast the demand for new products, effectively deploy

8


 

Table of Contents

new products or decommission legacy products, the expenses related to such investments could cause reduced profitability or losses.

We may not have sufficient cash flows from operating activities, cash on hand and the ability to obtain borrowing capacity to finance required capital expenditures, fund strategic initiatives and meet our other cash needs. These obligations require a significant amount of cash, and we may need additional funds, which may not be readily available.

We depend on the availability of adequate capital to maintain and develop our business and meet our regulatory capital requirements. Although we believe that we can meet our ongoing operating cash and regulatory capital needs from our cash flow from operations, our existing cash balances and our available credit facilities, if cash on hand and cash flow from operations are not sufficient to meet our needs, our ability to borrow additional funds may be impacted by financial lending institutions’ ability or willingness to lend to us on commercially acceptable terms and we may become subject to covenants even more restrictive than those contained in our current credit facilities. If, for any reason, we are unable to comply with the covenants under our existing or future credit facilities, we may not be able to borrow additional funds under commercially acceptable terms or may not be granted waivers or amendments to such restrictions, such waivers or amendments may be provided at significant additional cost to us or we may not be able to refinance our debt on terms acceptable to us, or at all. The lenders under our current credit facilities also have the right to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings in certain circumstances and, in an event of default, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all or substantially all of our debt or the loss of the assets securing our debt. 

A prolonged period of low levels of operating cash flow together with limited access to capital or credit in the future could have an impact on our ability to, among others, meet our regulatory capital requirements, invest in our software and infrastructure, engage in strategic initiatives, make acquisitions or strategic investments in other companies, react to changing economic and business conditions, repay our outstanding debt, make dividend payments or repurchase shares of our common stock. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or borrow additional funds to fund our capital or credit requirements, it could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We will need to continue to invest in our operations for the foreseeable future to fund our strategic initiatives including the ongoing investment program under the Strategic Operating Plan we announced in July 2016. If we do not achieve the expected operating results, we may need to seek additional financing in the debt or equity markets or sell selected assets or reduce or delay planned capital, research or development expenditures.  These measures may not be successful and may harm our business and prospects. In addition, any financing, or sale of assets might not be available, or may not be available on economically favorable terms.

A failure in the design, operation or configuration of our technology could adversely affect our profitability and reputation.

A technological failure or error of one or more of our products or systems, including but not limited to POSIT, our algorithms, smart routers, and order and execution management systems, could result in lost revenues and/or significant market losses. We operate complex trading systems, algorithms and analytical products that may fail to correctly model interacting or conflicting trading objectives, unusual market conditions, available trading venues and other factors, which may cause unintended results. Similarly, the operation and configuration of our systems can be quite complex and departure from standard procedures can result in adverse trading outcomes. Such problems could cause us to incur trading losses, lose clients or experience other reputational harm resulting in lost revenues and profits. Our quality assurance testing cannot test for all potential scenarios or ensure that the technology will function as designed and intended in all cases.

Failure to keep up with rapid changes in technology while continuing to seek to provide leading products and services to our customers could negatively impact our results of operations.

The institutional brokerage industry is subject to rapid technological change and evolving industry standards. Our customers’ demands become greater and more sophisticated as the dissemination of products and information to customers increases. If we are unable to anticipate and respond to the demand for new services, products and

9


 

Table of Contents

technologies, innovate in a timely and cost‑effective manner and adapt to technological advancements and changing standards, we may be unable to compete effectively, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Many of our competitors have significantly greater resources than we do to fund such technological advances. Moreover, the development of technology‑based services is a complex and time‑consuming process. New products and enhancements to existing products can require long development and testing periods. Significant delays in new product releases, failure to meet key deadlines, or significant problems in creating new products could negatively impact our revenues and profits.

Insufficient system capacity, system operating failures, or disasters could materially harm our reputation, financial position and profitability.

The success of our business is dependent on the computer and communications systems supporting our operations, which must monitor, process and support a large volume of transactions across numerous execution venues in many countries and multiple currencies. As our business continues to expand, we will need to continue to expand our systems to accommodate an increasing volume of transactions across a larger client base and more geographical locations. In addition, certain changes in market practices may require us to invest in infrastructure to increase capacity levels. Unexpectedly high volumes or times of unusual market volatility could cause our systems to operate slowly, decrease output or even fail for periods of time, as could general power or telecommunications failures, hardware failures, software errors, data center outages, human error, computer viruses, acts of vandalism, natural disasters, terrorist activities, cybersecurity breaches or other business disruptions. System failure or degradation could adversely affect our ability to effectuate transactions and lead our customers to file formal complaints with industry regulatory organizations, initiate regulatory inquiries or proceedings, file lawsuits against us, trade less frequently through us or cease doing business with us. In turn, we could incur financial loss, liability to clients, regulatory intervention or reputational damage.

Our corporate headquarters and largest concentration of employees and technology is in the New York metropolitan area. Our other offices are also located in major cities around the globe. If a business system disruption were to occur, especially in New York, for any reason, including widespread health emergencies, natural disasters or terrorist activities, and we were unable to execute our business continuity plan, or our business continuity plan proves insufficient, it could have a material effect on our business. Moreover, we have varying levels of business continuity plan coverage among our non‑U.S. subsidiaries.

Any system capacity or operational failure or business system disruption could result in regulatory or legal claims. We could incur significant costs in defending such regulatory or legal claims, even those without merit. Moreover, such failures could result in the need to remediate issues and repair or expand our networks and systems. Any obligation to expend significant resources to defend claims or repair and expand infrastructure could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our systems and those of our third‑party service providers may be vulnerable to cybersecurity risks.

Our business relies on the secure collection, storage, processing and transmission of proprietary information, including our clients’ confidential data, in our internal systems and through our vendor networks and communications infrastructure. Increased cybersecurity threats pose a risk to this information, in addition to our and our third-party service providers’ systems and networks. While we have not been the victim of cyber‑attacks that have had a material impact on our operations or financial condition, we have experienced cyber security incidents such as denial of service attempts, malware infections, phishing attempts, and other attempts at compromising our information technology that are typical for a company of our size that operates in the global financial marketplace. Our systems also may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, acts of vandalism, or other malicious code, cyber-attack and other adverse events that could have a negative impact, including loss or destruction of data (including confidential client information) and unavailability or disruption of service. Despite our efforts to implement industry‑standard security measures, we face the risk that our security measures may prove insufficient as attacks have resulted in material breaches against other financial services companies with significant security controls and the nature of cyber threats continues to evolve. These threats may come from external factors such as governments, organized crime, hackers, and other third parties such as outsource or infrastructure-support providers and application developers, or may originate internally from within us. System errors that result from these acts may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and rectified. Successful security breaches of our systems or the systems of certain of our vendors could expose us to a risk of misappropriation of our or our clients’ confidential information, the corruption or deletion of data, and the disruption of

10


 

Table of Contents

our services to our clients. These outcomes could result in reputational damage, loss of clients, lower trading volumes, a negative impact on our competitive position, significant expense in implementing future security measures, litigation, and regulatory inquiries or proceedings, all of which could adversely impact our financial results.

Financial services regulators in recent years have increased their examination and enforcement focus on matters relating to cybersecurity threats, including the assessment of firms’ vulnerability to cyber-attacks. In particular, regulatory concerns have been raised about firms establishing effective cybersecurity governance and risk management policies, practices and procedures; protecting firm networks and information; identifying and addressing risk associated with remote access to client information; identifying and addressing risks associated with client business partners, counterparties, vendors, and other third parties, including exchanges and clearing organizations; preventing and detecting unauthorized activities; adopting effective mitigation and business continuity plans to address the impact of cybersecurity breaches; and establishing protocols for reporting cybersecurity incidents. Although we maintain insurance coverage that, subject to policy terms and conditions, covers certain aspects of cyber risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses and would not protect us from the effects of adverse regulatory actions that may result from the incident or a finding that we had inadequate cybersecurity controls, or any follow-on litigation, including the reputational harm that could result from such regulatory actions, findings or litigation.

 

We are dependent on certain third party vendors for key services.

We depend on a number of third parties to supply elements of our trading systems, computers, market data, data centers, access to trading in certain markets, FIX connectivity, communication network infrastructure, other equipment and related support and maintenance. We cannot be certain that any of these providers will be willing or able to continue to provide these services in an efficient and cost‑effective manner or to meet our evolving needs. Moreover, we are dependent on our communications network providers for interconnectivity with our clients, markets and clearing agents to service our customers and operate effectively. We have also made substantial investments in our infrastructure to provide improved business recovery capabilities in the event of potential outages at our third-party service providers. If our vendors fail to meet their obligations, provide poor, inaccurate or untimely service, we are unable to make alternative arrangements for the supply of these services, we are unable to execute our business recovery plan, or our business recovery plan proves insufficient, we may fail, in turn, to provide our services or to meet our obligations to our customers, and our business, financial condition and our operating results could be materially harmed.

Our securities business and related clearing operations expose us to material liquidity risk.

We self‑clear equity transactions in the U.S. and Australia. In those markets, we may be required to provide considerable additional funds with clearing and settlement organizations, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation or Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation in the U.S., especially during periods of high market volatility. In addition, regulatory agencies have required these clearing and settlement organizations to increase the level of margin deposit requirements over time and they may continue to do so in the future. We rely on our excess cash, certain established credit facilities and the use of outsourced clearing arrangements to meet or reduce those demands. While we have historically met requests for additional margin deposits, there is no guarantee that our excess cash and our established credit facilities and clearing arrangements will be sufficient for future needs, particularly if there is an increase in requirements. There is also no guarantee that these established credit facilities and outsourced clearing arrangements will continue to be available to us.

In addition, each of our broker‑dealer subsidiaries worldwide is subject to regulatory capital requirements promulgated by the applicable regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. Growth in trading activity in certain jurisdictions outside the U.S. has led, and could continue to lead to, higher regulatory capital requirements. While we have recently implemented measures to reduce our regulatory capital requirements outside the U.S., there can be no assurance that we will be able to implement similar measures in the future.  Moreover, regulatory or exchange authorities may seek to increase our regulatory capital requirements in the future and any modification to our business may result in increased regulatory capital requirements.    

 

The failure by any of these subsidiaries to maintain its required regulatory capital may lead to suspension or revocation of its broker‑dealer registration and its suspension or expulsion by its regulatory body. Historically, all regulatory capital needs of our broker‑dealers have been provided by existing cash and cash from operations. However, if existing cash together with cash from operations are not sufficient, we may need to reject orders from clients and we may ultimately breach regulatory capital requirements.  

11


 

Table of Contents

 

Furthermore, if our broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to new or modified regulatory capital rules or requirements, or fines, penalties or sanctions due to increased or more stringent enforcement, it could materially limit or reduce the liquidity we may need to expand or even maintain our then-present levels of business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

As a clearing member firm in certain jurisdictions we are subject to significant default risk.

We are required to finance our clients’ unsettled positions from time to time and we could be held responsible for the defaults of our clients. Default by our clients may also give rise to our incurring penalties imposed by execution venues, regulatory authorities and clearing and settlement organizations. Although we regularly review our credit exposure, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that may be difficult to detect or foresee. In addition, concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems, losses or defaults by other institutions that could in turn adversely affect us.

In certain jurisdictions we are dependent on third-party clearing agents and any failures by such clearing agents could materially impact our business and operating results.

In certain jurisdictions we are dependent on agents for the clearing and settlement of securities transactions. If our agents fail to properly facilitate the clearing and settlement of our customer trades, we could be subject to financial, legal and regulatory risks and costs that may impact our business and operating results. In addition, it could cause our clients to reduce or cease their trading with us, which would adversely affect our revenues and financial results.

Moreover, certain of our agreements with clearing agents may be terminated upon short notice. There is no guarantee that we could obtain alternative services in a timely manner and any interruption of the normal course of our trading and clearing operations could have a material impact on our business and results of operations.

Our business exposes us to credit risk that could affect our operating results and profitability.

We are exposed to credit risk from third parties that owe us money, securities or other obligations, including our customers and trading counterparties. These parties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons, and we could be held responsible for such defaults. In addition, client trading errors which they are unable or unwilling to cover may cause us to incur financial losses. Volatile securities markets, credit markets and regulatory changes may increase our exposure to our customers’ credit profiles, which could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. Our review of the credit risk of trading counterparties may not be adequate to provide sufficient protection from this risk.

We may incur material losses on foreign exchange transactions entered into on behalf of clients and be exposed to material liquidity risk due to counterparty defaults or errors.

We enable clients to settle cross‑border equity transactions in their local currency through the use of foreign exchange contracts. These arrangements typically involve the delivery of securities or cash to a counterparty that is not processed through a central clearing facility in exchange for a simultaneous receipt of cash or securities. We may operate as either a principal or agent in these transactions. As a result, a default by one of our counterparties prior to the settlement of their obligation could materially impact our liquidity and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we are exposed to operational risk. Employee and technological errors in executing, recording or reporting foreign exchange transactions may result in material losses due to the large size of such transactions and the underlying market risk in correcting such errors.

Our limited principal trading exposes us to risk of loss.

We engage in a limited amount of principal trading, which exposes us to risk of loss due to market fluctuations and volatility.  For example, in our Canadian Operations, a limited portion of our revenues is derived from principal trading activities including the net spread on foreign exchange contracts executed to facilitate equity trades by clients in different currencies and trading exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) to facilitate the creation or redemption of an ETF.  In

12


 

Table of Contents

addition, in limited circumstances, we may transact on a principal basis in the normal course of agency trading by taking temporary positions in securities (including trade errors and client trade accommodations). Although we attempt to close out all of our positions by the end of the day, we bear the risk of market fluctuations and we may incur losses due to changes in the prices of such securities and currencies. Any principal gains or losses resulting from these positions could have a disproportionate effect, positive or negative, on our revenues and profits, and could also result in reputational damage.

Our Canadian Operations also derive a limited portion of its revenues from the principal trading of spot and short‑dated forward foreign exchange contracts with clients that may not be related to equity trades. Although we seek to execute offsetting foreign exchange contracts concurrently with any client trades, earning a net spread, there can be no assurances that the trades are in fact concurrent (and therefore we bear the risk of market fluctuations). In addition, foreign exchange contracts are not centrally cleared and therefore we bear counterparty and settlement risk on such trades.

Our risk management policies and procedures may not be effective and may leave us exposed to unidentified or unexpected risks.

We seek to monitor and control our risk exposure through a risk and control framework encompassing a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, operational, technological, compliance and legal reporting systems, internal controls, management review processes and other mechanisms that rely on a combination of technical and human controls and supervision, including our global risk committee. These policies, procedures and practices used to identify, monitor and control a variety of risks may fail to be effective. As a result, we face the risk of losses, including, for example, losses resulting from trading errors, customer defaults, fraud and money laundering.

Internal control over financial reporting, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations. Therefore, internal control over financial reporting determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Moreover, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. As such, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which may have a material adverse effect on our stock price.

The business in which we operate is extremely competitive worldwide.

Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do, which, among other things, enable them to compete with the services we provide on the basis of price, including lowering prices for certain of our key services to gain business in their higher margin areas, and a willingness to commit their firms’ capital to service their clients’ trading needs on a principal, rather than on an agency basis. In addition, many of our competitors offer a wider range of bundled services, have broader name recognition, and have larger customer bases than we do. Some of our competitors have long‑standing, well‑established relationships with their clients, and also hold dominant positions in their trading markets. Moreover, new entrants may enter the market with alternative methods of providing trade execution and related services, and existing competitors often launch new initiatives. The trend toward increased competition in our business is expected to continue, and it is possible that our competitors may acquire increased market share.   Many of our competitors have undertaken measures to link various electronic trading systems and platforms in an effort to attract order flow to off‑exchange venues and increase internal executions.

Although we believe that our products and services have established certain competitive advantages, our ability to maintain these advantages will require continued enhancements to our products, investment in the development of our services, additional marketing activities and enhanced customer support services. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient resources to continue to make investments in development of our services, that our competitors will not devote significantly more resources to competing services or that we will otherwise be successful in maintaining our market position. If competitors offer superior services, our market share would be affected and this would adversely impact our business and results of operations.

13


 

Table of Contents

We face certain challenges and risks to our international business that may adversely affect our strategy.

Global client coverage is a key component of our business plan. We have invested significant resources in our foreign operations and the globalization of our products and services. However, there are certain risks inherent in the operation of our business outside of the U.S., including, but not limited to, additional regulatory capital requirements, less developed technology and infrastructure, and higher costs for infrastructure. These risks may limit our ability to provide services to clients in certain markets. There also may be difficult processes for obtaining regulatory approvals. This could result in delays in our global business plans, difficulties in staffing foreign operations and adapting our products to foreign markets, practices and languages, exchange rate risks and the need to meet foreign regulatory requirements. Each of these could force us to alter our operational plans and this may adversely impact our strategy.

Political and economic uncertainty arising from the outcome of the June 2016 referendum in which the people of the United Kingdom voted in favor of an exit from the European Union (the “EU”) could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

There is substantial political and economic uncertainty surrounding the referendum held on June 23, 2016 in which the citizens of the United Kingdom voted in favor of an exit from the EU (often referred to as Brexit). Negotiations have commenced to determine the terms of the United Kingdom’s future relationship with the EU, including the terms of trade between the United Kingdom and the EU. It is unclear how the United Kingdom’s access to the EU single market, and the wider trading, legal and regulatory environment in which we and our clients operate, will be impacted and how this will affect our and their businesses. The announcement of Brexit caused, and further developments may continue to cause, significant volatility in global stock markets and currency exchange rate fluctuations. The uncertainty surrounding the terms of the United Kingdom’s exit and its consequences could adversely impact client and investor confidence, result in additional market volatility, lead to significant regulatory changes and adversely affect our businesses, including our revenues from trading activities in Europe, and our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We incur risks related to our international business due to currency exchange rate fluctuations that could impact our financial results and financial position.

We have significant operations outside of the U.S., with 51% of our 2017 consolidated revenues denominated in non-U.S. dollar currencies. We currently operate and continue to expand globally, principally through our operations in Canada, Europe and Asia Pacific as well as through the development of specially tailored versions of our services to meet the needs of our clients who trade in international markets. We therefore have significant exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations primarily between the U.S. Dollar and the British Pound Sterling, Euro, Swiss Franc, Scandinavian currencies, Australian Dollar, Canadian Dollar, Japanese Yen and Hong Kong Dollar. When the U.S. Dollar strengthens against these currencies, the U.S. Dollar value of non‑U.S. Dollar‑based revenue and profit decreases. These fluctuations may materially impact the translation of our non‑U.S. results of operations and financial condition into U.S. dollars as part of the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

We are dependent on certain major customers and a decline in their use of our services could materially impact our revenues.

The chart below sets forth our dependence on our three largest clients individually, as well as on our ten largest clients in the aggregate, expressed as a percentage of total revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of Total Consolidated Revenue

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Largest customer

 

3.9

%  

3.0

%  

2.2

%

Second largest customer

 

2.4

%  

2.2

%  

2.2

%

Third largest customer

 

2.1

%  

2.1

%  

2.1

%

Ten largest customers

 

18.9

%  

17.8

%  

17.0

%

Our customers may reduce or discontinue their use of our trading execution services or other services at any time. There can be no assurance that we will be able to retain these major customers or that such customers will maintain or increase their demand for our trade execution or other services. The loss, or a significant reduction, of demand for our services from any of these customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

14


 

Table of Contents

Legislative or regulatory changes, including within the securities markets and the brokerage industry, could materially impact our business.

We currently operate POSIT in the U.S. under Regulation ATS, our European operations are subject to MiFID II and we must comply with the requirements of the U.S. PATRIOT Act and its foreign equivalents for monitoring our customers and any suspicious transactions. Moreover, most aspects of our broker‑dealer operations are highly regulated, such as sales and reporting practices, operational compliance, capital requirements and licensing of employees. Accordingly, we face the risk of significant intervention by regulatory authorities in all jurisdictions in which we conduct business, such as the SEC and FINRA in the U.S. and their equivalents in other countries. As we continue to operate or expand our business, we may be exposed to increased and different types of regulatory requirements.

We are subject to, and in the future we may become subject to, new regulations or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing regulations, which may adversely affect our business. Also, regulatory changes that impact how our customers conduct their business may impact our business and results of operations. The current U.S. administration and other members of the U.S. federal government and other governments outside of the U.S. may implement new or revised regulatory requirements for the financial services industry. Any changes to the regulatory rules could cause us to expend more significant compliance, business and technology resources, incur additional operational costs and create additional regulatory exposure.

On June 24, 2014, the SEC issued an order mandating the U.S. exchanges to implement the National Market System Plan to Implement a Tick Size Pilot Program (the “Pilot”). The Pilot was implemented on October 3, 2016. The Pilot will last for two years and it has changed the minimum ‘tick sizes’ (quoting and trading increments) for 1,200 Regulation NMS common stocks with small market capitalizations. The plan also includes a ‘trade‑at’ prohibition for 400 of the Regulation NMS stocks covered by the Pilot that would prevent price matching by a trading center, such as a dark pool, that is not displaying a protected bid or protected offer, subject to certain exceptions. The Pilot is intended to allow the SEC, SROs, and the public to evaluate and assess the impact of increment conventions (and, in the case of the trade-at prohibition, the impact of limiting price matching by firms not publishing quotations)   on the liquidity and trading of stocks of small-capitalization companies. If the Pilot (specifically the trade‑at prohibition) is expanded to more securities, the program could reduce our U.S. trading volumes. Moreover, the SEC adopted the Consolidated Audit Trail rule (“CAT”) in July 2012, which requires SROs to establish an order trail reporting system that would enable regulators to track, within 24 hours of the trade date, information related to orders in NMS securities (generally, exchange-listed stocks and exchange-listed options) and OTC equity securities   received and executed across the securities markets. The SEC approved a national market system plan for implementation of the CAT that had been submitted by the exchanges and FINRA on November 15, 2016. As a non‑small industry member, the expected start date for us to begin reporting CAT data is November 2018, which will result in significant implementation costs and increased ongoing administrative expenses and burdens.

On November 19, 2014, the SEC unanimously adopted Regulation Systems Compliance and Integrity (“Regulation SCI”). The regulation became effective on February 3, 2015 and the compliance date was November 3, 2015. The rule requires SCI entities (i.e., exchanges, SROs, clearing and settlement agencies, and certain ATSs) to establish extensive policies, procedures, and/or controls to ensure the capacity, stability, integrity, and resiliency of their trading and regulatory reporting systems. Regulation SCI, among other things, also requires the reporting of certain systems issues, testing of business continuity and disaster recovery plans with mandatory participation by customers and members, the establishment of geographically diverse backup capabilities, the completion of an objective annual review of systems, and the maintenance and preservation of certain books and records concerning matters covered by the rule. To the extent Regulation SCI becomes applicable to us (as a result of POSIT or otherwise), we could experience significant implementation costs as well as increased ongoing administrative expenses and burdens.

On November 18, 2015, the SEC proposed amendments (the “ATS Proposal”) to Regulation ATS and related rules under the Exchange Act to enhance transparency requirements on, and increase the SEC’s oversight of, ATSs that facilitate transactions in National Market System stocks (generally, exchange-listed equities) (“NMS Stock ATSs”).  This would require, among other things, a publicly-available Form ATS-N containing disclosures about the operation of the ATS and the interactions between the ATS, its affiliates, and other firm products (e.g. smart routers and algorithms). The level of disclosure that would be required under the ATS Proposal and the SEC’s ongoing involvement in approving or reviewing the design and operations of NMS Stock ATSs would bring the regulation of NMS Stock ATSs closer to the way in which national securities exchanges are currently regulated.  To the extent that the ATS Proposal results in a significant increase in regulatory requirements associated with operating an NMS Stock ATS and the need to disclose

15


 

Table of Contents

sensitive business information, it could have adverse consequences on ATSs, including POSIT, such as increased administrative expenses and burdens.

In addition, new regulatory obligations have been proposed, adopted or implemented that pertain to our business outside of the United States, which may also have a material impact upon our business model.

 

·

In Europe, these include MiFID II, which took effect on January 3, 2018. In particular, under MiFID II, MTFs—the European equivalent to an SEC‑registered ATS—that trade in dark cash equity orders are required to cross such orders at the midpoint, open, or closing prices of the primary venue (where displayed orders in those securities are traded) and adhere to volume limits on dark trading. These limits, which have been postponed from the January 3, 2018 implementation date and are scheduled to take effect in March 2018, would be set at 4% of all the displayed and dark regulated venue trading volume for any individual dark venue and 8% of such volume for all dark trading venues in the aggregate. The calculations would be performed at an individual stock level over a 12‑month rolling period. In the event that the relevant limit is breached, the crossing of that particular stock in the individual dark trading venue or in all such venues (as applicable depending on whether the 4% or 8% threshold is breached) would cease for the following 6 months. MiFID II provides an exception from these requirements for large-sized orders, which may be crossed at any price point and without regard to the above‑mentioned volume limits.

In addition, a financial transaction tax (the “European FTT”) is being considered which would include at least ten of the twenty‑eight members of the EU. In addition to the impact that such tax would have on the affected securities and signatory countries, certain alternative versions of the proposals could include an extra‑territorial scope that may impact the trading activities of entities which are, and trade entirely outside, the European FTT zone.

The EU also adopted a comprehensive General Data Privacy Regulation (the “GDPR”) in May 2016 that will replace the current 1995 European Union Directive on Data Protection   and related country-specific legislation. The GDPR will become fully effective in May 2018. The GDPR requires companies to satisfy new requirements regarding the monitoring of EU data subjects and the handling of their personal data, including its use, protection and the ability of persons whose data is stored to correct or delete such data about themselves. Under certain circumstances, the GDPR may require us to provide notification to affected individuals and/or data protection authorities in the event of a data breach. Failure to comply with GDPR requirements could result in penalties of up to the greater of €20 million or 4% of worldwide revenue.

Compliance with certain of these adopted laws, rules or regulations of the various jurisdictions in which we operate could result in the loss of revenue and has caused us, and could cause us, to incur significant costs. In addition, if any new regulatory obligations are implemented, ITG could incur significant costs to establish the appropriate processes, systems, and/or controls. Last, if we fail to comply adequately with any of these laws, rules or regulations, we may be subject to censure, fines, judgments, settlements, disgorgements, penalties, injunctions, cease‑and‑desist orders, suspension of our business, suspensions of personnel, or other sanctions or relief, including revocation of our exchange or self‑regulatory organization memberships or our broker‑dealer registrations.

Increased regulatory scrutiny has led to, and will continue to lead to, increased costs associated with responding to investigations and inquiries and the potential for penalties and necessary remediation, which we expect to negatively impact our profitability and could harm our reputation.

In recent years, there has been increased regulatory scrutiny of our industry by regulators and other governmental authorities, including a focus on, among other areas, trading risk management controls, market abuse, fee and pricing transparency, undisclosed trading practices and dark pool operations, resulting in an increase in regulatory investigations, inquiries and reviews. Our broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to, or involved in, investigations and other proceedings by government agencies and self-regulatory organizations, with respect to which we are cooperating. Our broker-dealer subsidiaries have been the subject of claims alleging the violation of securities laws, rules and regulations, some of which have resulted in the payment of disgorgement, penalties, fines, awards, judgments and settlements. Such enhanced scrutiny has caused, and we expect it to continue to cause, ITG to incur significant costs in light of the legal and compliance resources needed to respond to such investigations and proceedings, in addition to

16


 

Table of Contents

monetary penalties and increased compliance costs, that could arise from such investigations and proceedings. Such regulatory or other actions may also be directed at certain of our past and present executives, employees or directors and we may be required to indemnify these individuals in regard to these matters. The risks associated with such matters are often difficult to assess or quantify, and their existence and magnitude often remain unknown or uncertain for substantial periods of time. A settlement of, or judgment related to, such matters could result in civil or criminal liability, disgorgement, penalties, fines, restrictions or limitations on our operations and activities and other sanctions, could lead to related private litigation and could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our businesses, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. Any such investigation, inquiry or action could also cause us significant reputational harm. In addition, regardless of the outcome of such matters, we have incurred and will continue to incur significant legal and other costs, including substantial management time, dealing with such matters.

Our business has been and may continue to be adversely affected by our customers’ reaction to SEC or other regulatory proceedings.

In August 2015, we paid $20.3 million to settle the SEC’s investigation into a proprietary trading pilot operated in 2010 and 2011 (the “2015 SEC Settlement”), which had a significant negative impact on our business. In January 2017, we paid $24.5 million to settle the SEC’s investigation into our activity with respect to pre-released American Depositary Receipts (the “2017 SEC Settlement” and together with the 2015 SEC Settlement, the “SEC Settlements”).  Our broker-dealer subsidiaries are also subject to, or involved in, investigations and other proceedings by government agencies and self-regulatory organizations, with respect to which we are cooperating. Our customers’ reaction to the SEC Settlements or the announcement or resolution of other investigations or proceedings may result in reputational and financial harm, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

The circumstances relating to the SEC Settlements could subject us to additional actions, including purported class action or other litigation.

In connection with the 2015 SEC Settlement, two putative class action lawsuits were filed and have since been consolidated into a single action in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company and certain of its current and former executives. In addition, a purported shareholder of the Company filed a shareholder derivative action against eleven current or former officers and directors of the Company in the Supreme Court for the State of New York relating to the 2015 SEC Settlement. The Company is named as a nominal defendant, and the plaintiff purports to seek recovery on its behalf. The complaint generally alleges that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the Company in connection with the matters that were the subject of the 2015 SEC Settlement. Any further actions or threatened actions based on the circumstances relating to the SEC Settlements, including any governmental investigations or private litigation, and the defense and any related settlement thereof, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or on the results of operations for any particular period, and may result in significant ongoing expenses.

We could be subject to challenges by U.S. and foreign tax authorities that could result in additional taxes and penalties.

We are subject to income and other taxes in each jurisdiction in which we operate. We are also subject to reviews and audits by U.S. and foreign tax authorities. Our determination of our tax obligations in each jurisdiction requires us and our advisers to make judgment calls and estimations. Our determination may differ, even materially, from the judgment of the tax authorities and therefore cause us to incur additional taxes and related interest and penalties, which could impact our financial results.

We may not generate sufficient taxable income in future periods to utilize our loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards.

In the Asia Pacific and U.S. regions, we have significant carryforwards for operating losses and tax credits. If we do not generate sufficient future taxable income in these jurisdictions we may not be able to utilize these available carryforwards. In addition, our tax credit carryforwards in the U.S. have a limited period to be utilized due to expiration dates. We have established full valuation allowances in our consolidated financial statements for these deferred tax assets in Asia Pacific and the U.S.

17


 

Table of Contents

Tax changes, including tax reform in the United States, could affect the Company’s effective tax rate and future profitability.

 

The Company’s future results could be affected by changes in our effective tax rate as a result of changes in the mix of our overall profitability, changes in tax legislation and the results of audits and examinations of previously filed tax returns.

 

In December 2017, the current U.S. administration signed into law new comprehensive tax reform legislation called the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act”), which makes significant changes to the U.S. income tax rules applicable to both individuals and entities, including the Company. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act includes amendments to the applicability of the corporate alternative minimum tax, reductions in the amount of executive pay that qualifies for deduction and reductions in the U.S. corporate income tax rate. We are currently assessing the impact other provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act may have on our future profitability, including the global intangible low-taxed income tax provision (“GILTI”) which takes effect in 2018.

 

Due to the timing of the enactment and the complexity involved in applying the provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, we have made reasonable estimates of the effects and recorded provisional amounts in the 2017 consolidated financial statements. As we collect and prepare necessary data and interpret the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and any additional guidance issued by the U.S. Treasury Department, the IRS, and other standard-setting bodies, additional adjustments to the provisional amounts may be made. Information needed to adjust provisional amounts include the completion of all international 2017 tax returns. These additional adjustments may materially impact the provision for income taxes and effective tax rate in the period in which the adjustments are made. We expect the final accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act to be completed in 2018.

 

Inability to protect our intellectual property may result in increased competition, loss of business or other negative results on our business and financial condition.

Our success is dependent, in part, upon our intellectual property. We generally rely upon patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets to establish and protect our rights in our proprietary technology, methods, products and services. We cannot assure that any of the rights granted under any patent, copyright or trademark that we may obtain will protect our competitive advantages. A third party may still try to challenge, invalidate or circumvent the protective mechanisms that we select. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S., so we cannot predict our ability to properly protect our intellectual property in those jurisdictions. Third parties operating in jurisdictions in which we have not filed for protection may be able to obtain rights in intellectual property that we have protected in the U.S. and other jurisdictions or may be able to misappropriate our intellectual property with impunity.

Additionally, we might not detect the unauthorized use of our intellectual property. If we do detect unauthorized use, enforcing our infringed or misappropriated intellectual property rights may require significant resources. Accordingly, we might choose not to enforce our infringed or misappropriated intellectual property rights, depending on factors like the best use of our limited resources, the value of our infringed or misappropriated intellectual property rights and other outcomes peripherally related to our attempted enforcement.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to protect our intellectual property from improper disclosure or use, or that others will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology without violating our intellectual property. Violations of our intellectual property by third parties could have an adverse effect on our competitiveness and business. In addition, the cost of seeking to enforce our intellectual property rights could have an adverse effect on our financial results.

If we were to unknowingly infringe third party intellectual property or be accused of doing so without merit, we could bear significant costs of defense and litigation, which could impact our financial results.

Under current law, U.S. patent applications remain secret for 18 months and may, depending on how they are prosecuted, remain secret until the issuance of a patent. In light of these factors, it is not always possible to determine in advance whether any of our products or services may infringe the present or future patent rights of others. There can be no guarantee that we will be aware of all patents and trademarks that might pose a risk of infringement by our services. From time to time, we may receive notices from others of claims or potential claims of intellectual property infringement

18


 

Table of Contents

or we may be called upon to defend our products, customers or licensees against such third-party claims. Responding to these kinds of claims, regardless of merit, could consume valuable time and result in costly litigation that could have a material adverse effect on us. Such claims could also result in our entering into royalty or licensing agreements with the third parties claiming infringement on terms that could have a material impact on our profitability.

If we cannot successfully execute on our strategic initiatives, our business and financial results may be adversely impacted.

 

We may not be able to implement important strategic initiatives in accordance with our expectations, including that the strategic initiatives could result in additional unanticipated costs, which may result in an adverse impact on our business and financial results. In July 2016, we completed an end-to-end review of our business, clients, people and processes initiated by our Chief Executive Officer.  In connection with these findings, we announced our Strategic Operating Plan to increasingly focus our resources on our core capabilities in execution, liquidity, analytics and workflow solutions, which are our four key service offerings that revolve around the trade implementation cycle. As part of our Strategic Operating Plan, we began pursuing significant investments in technology and people in the second half of 2016 to enhance these key service offerings and sharpen our brand with the expectation that we will meaningfully grow market share, revenues and profitability on a global basis. We expect to continue these investments through the end of 2018.  If we are unable to execute or realize the benefits of these or other strategic initiatives, the strategic initiatives may not result in improvements in future financial performance and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows, or results of operations.

Our strategic transactions, including acquisitions and dispositions, may not result in anticipated benefits and may present risks not originally contemplated, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Over the last several years, we have undertaken several strategic transactions, including the acquisition of RFQ‑hub, a multi‑asset platform for global‑listed and OTC financial instruments, as well as the dispositions of our investment research operations. Additionally, in February 2018, we established a joint venture with Option Technology Solutions LLC to form Matrix Holding Group, a derivatives execution and technology business.  We may elect to pursue additional potential strategic transactions in the future , including acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, restructurings, business combinations and investments.  These transactions entail numerous operational and financial risks, including but not limited to difficulties in valuing acquired businesses, combining personnel and firm cultures, integrating acquired products, services and operations, achieving anticipated synergies that were inherent in our valuation assumptions, exposure to unknown material liabilities, the potential loss of key vendors, clients or employees of acquired companies, incurrence of substantial debt or dilutive issuance of equity securities to pay for acquisitions, higher-than expected acquisition or integration costs, write-downs of assets or impairment charges, increased amortization expenses and decreased earnings, revenue or cash flow from dispositions.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any transactions of the nature described above, and our failure to execute on any strategic transaction in a satisfactory manner could adversely affect our future results of operations and financial condition.

Our business could be adversely affected by our inability to attract and retain talented employees, including sales, technology and development professionals.

Our business operations require highly specialized knowledge of the financial industry and of technological innovation as it applies to the financial industry. If we are unable to hire or retain the services of talented employees, including executive officers, other key management and sales, technology and development professionals, we would be at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, recruitment and retention of qualified staff could result in substantial additional costs. The loss of the services of one or more of our executive officers or other key professionals or our inability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to operate our business.

Operational risks, such as misconduct and errors of our employees or entities with which we do business, could cause us reputational and financial harm.

Employee errors in recording or executing transactions for customers can cause us to enter into transactions that customers may disavow and refuse to settle. Such operational risks expose us to risk of loss, which can be material, until

19


 

Table of Contents

we detect the errors in question and halt, or where possible, unwind or reverse the transactions. As with any unsettled transaction, adverse movements in the prices of the securities involved in these transactions before we unwind or reverse them can increase this risk. We may incur losses as a result of these transactions that could materially impact our financial results.

In addition to trading errors by our employees, other errors or misconduct by our employees or entities with which we do business could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors or misconduct and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Our ability to detect and prevent errors or misconduct by entities with which we do business may be even more limited. Errors could include inadvertently sharing confidential information with unauthorized parties or operational errors from the potential misuse of our products or services.  Misconduct could include, among other things, hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities such as activities prohibited by rule or law or improper use of confidential information. Misconduct by our employees or entities with which we do business could result in losses, litigation, regulatory sanctions or other material adverse effects on the Company.

Our business exposes us to litigation risks.

Many aspects of our business involve substantial risks of liability and we are involved in a number of investigations and inquiries that could result in liability. These risks of liability arise from, and could result in claims regarding, among other things, potential delays or failures of trade executions, trade settlement terms and the conduct of other aspects of our business. The defense of claims, even those without merit, could involve significant legal expenses and substantial management time. An adverse resolution of any lawsuit or claim against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The market price of our common stock could be volatile.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile and could be significantly affected by any number of factors like volatility in the broader stock market, changes in analyst earnings estimates, quarterly variations in our results of operations, shifting investor perceptions, a large purchase or sale by a significant stockholder, the announcement of new products or the occurrence of events described in the other risk factors in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.

There can be no assurance that we will continue to declare cash dividends or repurchase our common stock.

During 2017, we repurchased shares of our common stock under a Board‑authorized repurchase program and the Board also authorized payment of quarterly cash dividends on our common stock. Any determinations to continue to repurchase our common stock or to continue to pay cash dividends on the common stock, in each case at levels consistent with recent practice or at all, will be based on a variety of factors including, among others, market conditions, our financial condition, results of operations, business and capital requirements, price of our common stock in the case of the repurchase programs, competing needs for the use of capital and the continuing determination that the repurchase programs and the declaration of dividends are in the best interests of our stockholders and are in compliance with all laws and agreements applicable to the repurchase and dividend programs. In the event we do not declare a quarterly dividend, or discontinue our share repurchases, our stock price could be adversely affected.

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.  Properties

Our principal offices are located at One Liberty Plaza, in New York, New York, where we lease approximately 132,000 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease agreement expiring in January 2029, of which we have ceased use of, and intend to sublease, approximately 44,000 square feet in 2018.

20


 

Table of Contents

We maintain a facility in El Segundo, California where we occupy approximately 36,200 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease agreement expiring in June 2027. This facility is used primarily for technology research and development and support services.

We have a regional office in Boston, Massachusetts where we lease approximately 36,000 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease expiring in November 2030, of which we sublease approximately 10,200 square feet.

We also have additional regional offices in Chicago, Illinois where we occupy approximately 10,300 square feet pursuant to a lease agreement expiring in October 2018, and in San Francisco, California where we occupy approximately 3,900 square feet pursuant to a lease agreement expiring in October 2018.

Canada

We have an office in Toronto where we occupy approximately 19,900 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease expiring in December 2019.

Europe

In Europe, we have offices in Dublin, London and Paris where we occupy approximately 6,200, 12,200 and 5,000 square feet of office space, respectively. The Dublin space is leased pursuant to an agreement that expires in November 2027, the London space is leased pursuant to an agreement that expires in July 2023 (with a termination option in August 2018), and the space in Paris is leased pursuant to an agreement that expires in May 2024 (with a termination option in May 2019).

Asia Pacific

In Australia we have offices in Melbourne and Sydney, where we occupy approximately 5,700 and 3,400 square feet of office space, respectively, pursuant to leases expiring in May 2020 and June 2020, respectively.

In Hong Kong we occupy approximately 11,000 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease that expires in September 2021. We also lease approximately 1,500 square feet of space for our regional office in Singapore pursuant to a lease that expires in February 2021.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

Information pertaining to legal proceedings can be found in “Item 8. Financial Statements—Note 21. Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Matters ” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

21


 

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Common Stock Data

Our common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “ITG.”

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the range of the intra‑day high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported on the NYSE.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  High  

    

Low  

 

2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

$

21.28

 

$

19.01

 

Second Quarter

$

22.42

 

$

18.87

 

Third Quarter

$

22.69

 

$

19.87

 

Fourth Quarter

$

23.96

 

$

17.63

 

2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

$

22.39

 

$

14.95

 

Second Quarter

$

22.92

 

$

15.29

 

Third Quarter

$

18.47

 

$

15.06

 

Fourth Quarter

$

21.11

 

$

15.04

 

On February 20, 2018, the closing price per share for our common stock as reported on the NYSE was $19.80. On February 20, 2018, we believe that our common stock was held by approximately 6,093 stockholders of record or through nominees in street name accounts with brokers.

Dividends

In 2015, our Board of Directors initiated a dividend program under which we began to pay quarterly dividends, subject to quarterly declarations by the Board of Directors. During 2017 and 2016, our Board of Directors declared and we paid quarterly cash dividends as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

 

2016

 

First Quarter

 

$

0.07

 

$

0.07

 

Second Quarter

 

 

0.07

 

 

0.07

 

Third Quarter

 

 

0.07

 

 

0.07

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

0.07

 

 

0.07

 

Total

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.28

 

In February 2018, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.07 per share on our common stock, payable on March 15, 2018 to stockholders of record as of February 27, 2018.

22


 

Table of Contents

Stock Repurchases

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

 

    

Maximum Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

of Shares (or Units)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares (or Units)

 

that May Yet

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

Average

 

Purchased as Part of

 

Be Purchased

 

 

 

Shares (or Units)

 

Price Paid per

 

Publicly Announced

 

Under the Plans or

 

Period

 

Purchased (a)

 

Share (or Unit) (a)

 

Plans or Programs (b)

 

Programs (b)

 

From: January 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To: January 31, 2017

 

86,948

 

$

20.27

 

 —

 

1,446,840

 

From: February 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To: February 28, 2017

 

486,750

 

 

20.11

 

87,035

 

1,359,805

 

From: March 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To: March 31, 2017

 

75,799

 

 

19.93

 

74,673

 

1,285,132

 

From: April 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To: April 30, 2017

 

38,844

 

 

19.27

 

38,844

 

1,246,288

 

From: May 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To: May 31, 2017

 

8,481

 

 

20.03

 

8,321

 

1,237,967

 

From: June 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To: June 30, 2017

 

44,348

 

 

19.96

 

43,104

 

1,194,863

 

From: July 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To: July 31, 2017

 

4,085

 

 

21.46

 

 —

 

1,194,863

 

From: August 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To: August 31, 2017

 

69,866

 

 

20.37

 

59,761

 

1,135,102

 

From: September 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To: September 30, 2017

 

75,360

 

 

20.06

 

59,966

 

1,075,136

 

To: October 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From: October 31, 2017

 

12,569

 

 

23.49

 

 —

 

1,075,136

 

To: November 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To: November 30, 2017

 

421,896

 

 

18.66

 

421,896

 

653,240

 

From: December 1, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To: December 31, 2017

 

91,685

 

 

18.08

 

91,685

 

561,555

 

Total

 

1,416,631

 

$

19.56

 

885,285

 

 

 


(a)

This column includes the acquisition of 531,346 shares of common stock from employees in order to satisfy minimum statutory withholding tax requirements upon settlement of equity awards.

 

(b)

In October 2014, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 4.0 million shares. This authorization has no expiration date. As of December 31, 2017, there were 0.6 million shares remaining available for repurchase under ITG’s stock repurchase program. The specific timing and amount of repurchases will vary depending on various factors including, among others, market conditions and competing needs for the use of capital.

During 2017, we repurchased 1.4 million shares of our common stock at a cost of $27.7 million, which was funded from our available cash. Of these shares, 0.9 million were purchased under our Board of Directors’ authorization for a total cost of $16.9 million (average cost of $19.13 per share). An additional 0.5 million shares repurchased for $10.8 million pertained to the satisfaction of minimum statutory withholding tax upon the net settlement of equity awards. As of December 31, 2017, the total remaining number of shares currently available for repurchase under ITG’s stock repurchase program was 0.6 million.  On February 15, 2018, the Board of Directors increased our share repurchase authorization by an additional 4.0 million shares, bringing the total number of shares available for repurchase on that date to 4.4 million shares. The specific timing and amount of repurchases will vary depending on various factors including, among others, market conditions and competing needs for the use of capital. We may elect to conduct future share repurchases through open market purchases, private transactions or automatic share repurchase programs under SEC Rule 10b5‑1.

23


 

Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The following line graph compares the total cumulative stockholder return on our common stock against the cumulative total return of the Russell 2000 Index and the mean of the NASDAQ Other Finance Index and the NYSE Arca Securities Broker/Dealer Index, for the five‑year period ended December 31, 2017.

PICTURE 2

 

24


 

Table of Contents

 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

The selected Consolidated Statements of Operations data and the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition data presented below for each of the years in the five‑year period ended December 31, 2017, are derived from our consolidated financial statements. Such selected financial data should be read in connection with the consolidated financial statements contained in this report.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

483,694

 

$

469,052

 

$

634,803

 

$

559,814

 

$

530,801

 

Total expenses

 

 

477,169

 

 

512,292

 

 

513,577

 

 

494,827

 

 

487,746

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

6,525

 

 

(43,240)

 

 

121,226

 

 

64,987

 

 

43,055

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

45,965

 

 

(17,322)

 

 

29,656

 

 

14,095

 

 

11,970

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(39,440)

 

$

(25,918)

 

$

91,570

 

$

50,892

 

$

31,085

 

Basic (loss) income per share

 

$

(1.19)

 

$

(0.79)

 

$

2.70

 

$

1.44

 

$

0.84

 

Diluted (loss) income per share

 

$

(1.19)

 

$

(0.79)

 

$

2.63

 

$

1.40

 

$

0.82

 

Dividends per share

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.21

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding (in millions)

 

 

33.0

 

 

32.9

 

 

33.9

 

 

35.3

 

 

36.8

 

Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding (in millions)

 

 

33.0

 

 

32.9

 

 

34.8

 

 

36.4

 

 

38.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

784,856

 

$

775,285

 

$

1,709,022

 

$

1,350,849

 

$

1,539,472

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

287,452

 

$

277,977

 

$

330,653

 

$

275,210

 

$

261,897

 

Short-term bank loans

 

$

101,422

 

$

72,150

 

$

81,934

 

$

78,360

 

$

73,539

 

Term debt

 

$

3,104

 

$

6,367

 

$

12,567

 

$

17,781

 

$

30,332

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

$

363,235

 

$

405,164

 

$

454,821

 

$

415,596

 

$

417,432

 

 

25


 

Table of Contents

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.

Overview

ITG is a global financial technology company that helps leading brokers and asset managers improve returns for investors around the world. ITG empowers traders to reduce the end-to-end cost of implementing investments via liquidity, execution, analytics and workflow technology solutions. ITG has offices in Asia Pacific, Europe and North America and offers execution services in more than 50 countries.

Our business is organized into four reportable operating segments: U.S. Operations, Canadian Operations, European Operations and Asia Pacific Operations (see Note 22, Segment Reporting , to the consolidated financial statements). These four operating segments provide the following categories of products and services:

 

·

Execution Services — includes (a) liquidity matching through POSIT, (b) self-directed trading using algorithms (including single stocks and portfolio lists) and smart routing, (c) portfolio trading and single stock sales trading desks providing execution expertise and (d) futures and options trading

 

·

Workflow Technology — includes trade order and execution management software applications in addition to network connectivity

 

·

Analytics — includes (a) tools enabling portfolio managers and traders to improve pre-trade, real-time and post-trade execution performance, (b) portfolio construction and optimization decisions and (c) securities valuation

 

Regional segment results exclude the impact of Corporate activity, which is presented separately and includes investment income from treasury activity, certain non-operating revenues and other gains as well as costs not associated with operating the businesses within the Company’s regional segments.  These costs include, among others, (a) the costs of being a public company, such as certain staff costs, a portion of external audit fees, and reporting, filing and listing costs, (b) intangible asset amortization, (c) interest expense, (d) professional fees associated with our global transfer pricing structure, (e) foreign exchange gains or losses and (f) certain non-operating expenses.

 

Sources of Revenues

Revenues from our products and services are generated from commissions and fees, recurring (subscriptions) and other sources.

Commissions and fees are derived primarily from (i) commissions charged for trade execution services, (ii) income generated on net executions, whereby equity orders are filled at different prices within or at the National Best Bid and Offer (“NBBO”), and (iii) commission sharing arrangements between ITG Net (our private value‑added FIX‑based financial electronic communications network) and third‑party brokers and alternative trading systems whose trading products are made available to our clients on our OMS and EMS applications in addition to commission sharing arrangements for our Single Ticket Clearing service and our RFQ‑hub request‑for‑quote service. Because commissions are earned on a per‑transaction basis, such revenues fluctuate from period to period depending on (a) the volume of securities traded through our services in the U.S. and Canada, (b) the contract value of securities traded in Europe and the Asia Pacific region and (c) our commission rates. Certain factors that affect our volumes and contract values traded include: (i) macro trends in the global equities markets that affect overall institutional equity trading activity, (ii) competitive pressure, including pricing, created by the existence of electronic execution competitors and (iii) potential changes in market structure in the U.S. and other regions. In addition to share volume, revenues from net executions are also impacted by the width of spreads within the NBBO. Trade orders are delivered to us from our OMS and EMS products and other vendors’ products, direct computer‑to‑computer links to customers through ITG Net and third‑party networks and phone orders from our customers.

Recurring revenues are derived from the following primary sources: (i) connectivity fees generated through ITG Net for the ability of the sell‑side to receive orders from, and send indications of interest to, the buy‑side and for the

26


 

Table of Contents

sell‑side to receive requests‑for‑quotes through RFQ‑hub, (ii) software and analytical products and services and (iii) maintenance and customer technical support for our OMS. Prior to the divestiture of our investment research operations in May 2016 and December 2015, recurring revenues included subscriptions from these operations.

Other revenues include: (1) the net spread on foreign exchange transactions executed on a principal basis to facilitate equity trades by clients in different currencies, as well as on other foreign exchange transactions unrelated to equity trades, (2) non-recurring consulting services, such as one-time implementation and customer training related activities, (3) investment income from treasury activity, (4) interest income on securities borrowed in connection with customers’ settlement activities, (5) market gains/losses resulting from temporary positions in securities assumed in the normal course of agency trading (including trade errors and client trade accommodations), (6) non‑recurring gains and losses such as divestitures, (7) fees earned for clearing securities transactions on behalf of other broker-dealers, (8) income from principal trading in Canada, including within our closed arbitrage trading desk (for historical periods up until April 2016) and (9) the net interest spread earned on securities borrowed and loaned transactions within our closed U.S. matched book securities lending operations (for historical periods up until June 2016).

As a result of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which was adopted on January 1, 2018, we have identified two key accounting changes that will affect the timing of revenue recognition as it relates to bundled commission arrangements and fees for licenses of functional intellectual property.  The financial impact of these accounting changes includes (1) a deferral of revenues primarily generated in the first half of the year for commissions attributable to analytics products under bundled arrangements that will be recognized over the course of the year as the performance obligations for those analytics products are satisfied and (2) an acceleration of license fee revenues to the delivery date for software provided for a specified period.  These changes only relate to the timing of when revenue is recognized and have no effect on the underlying transaction price of the products and services we perform.  For more information on our evaluation of the revenue recognition standard and its impact on our financial statements, see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , to the consolidated financial statements.

Expenses

Compensation and employee benefits, our largest expense, consist of salaries and wages, incentive compensation, employee benefits and taxes. Incentive compensation fluctuates based on revenues, profitability and other measures, taking into account the competitive environment for key talent. Incentive compensation includes a combination of cash and deferred share‑based awards. Only the cash portion of incentive compensation is a variable expense in the current period. As a result, our ratio of compensation expense to revenues may fluctuate from period to period based on revenue levels.

Transaction processing expense consists of costs to access various third‑party execution destinations and to process, clear and settle transactions. These costs tend to fluctuate with share and trade volumes, the mix of trade execution services used by clients and the rates charged by third parties.

Occupancy and equipment expense consists primarily of rent and utilities related to leased premises, office equipment and depreciation and amortization of fixed assets and leasehold improvements.

Telecommunications and data processing expenses primarily consist of costs for obtaining market data, telecommunications services and systems maintenance.

Other general and administrative expenses primarily include software amortization, professional (including legal) fees, consulting, business development and intangible asset amortization.

Interest expense consists primarily of costs associated with outstanding debt and credit facilities.

Non‑GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”), management uses certain “non‑GAAP financial measures” as such term is defined in Regulation G promulgated by the SEC. Generally, a non‑GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s operating performance, financial position or cash flows that excludes or includes amounts that are included in, or excluded from, the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

27


 

Table of Contents

Management believes the presentation of these measures provides investors with greater transparency and supplemental data relating to our financial condition and results of operations, and therefore a more complete understanding of factors affecting our business than U.S. GAAP measures alone. In addition, management believes the presentation of these measures is useful to investors for period‑to‑period comparison of results as the items described below reflect certain unique and/or non‑operating items such as acquisitions, divestitures, restructuring charges, write‑offs and impairments, charges associated with litigation or regulatory matters together with related expenses or items outside of management’s control.

Adjusted revenues, adjusted expenses, adjusted pre-tax income, adjusted income tax expense (benefit) and adjusted net income, together with related per share amounts, are non‑GAAP performance measures that we believe are useful to assist investors in gaining an understanding of the trends and operating results for our core business. These measures should be viewed in addition to, and not in lieu of, results reported under U.S. GAAP.

Reconciliations of adjusted revenues, adjusted expenses, adjusted pre-tax income, adjusted income tax expense (benefit) and adjusted net income to revenues, expenses, income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit), income tax expense (benefit) and net (loss) income and related per share amounts as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are provided below, as applicable (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts).

28


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

    

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

483,694

 

$

469,052

 

$

634,803

 

 

Less:

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other revenues - gains (1)

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,438)

 

 

 —

 

 

Gain on the sale of energy research operations (2)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(107,699)

 

 

Adjusted revenues

 

$

483,694

 

$

466,614

 

$

527,104

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total expenses

 

$

477,169

 

$

512,292

 

$

513,577

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

Lease consolidation (3)

 

 

(8,140)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

Impairment of customer intangible asset (4)

 

 

(325)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

Legal costs related to the planned formation of the derivatives venture (4)

 

 

(750)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

Reserve for settlement related to ADRs and associated costs (5)

 

 

 —

 

 

(27,371)

 

 

 —

 

 

Restructuring (6)

 

 

 —

 

 

(9,620)

 

 

 —

 

 

Upfront compensation awards for current CEO (7)

 

 

 —

 

 

(4,415)

 

 

 —

 

 

Arbitration case with former CEO and associated costs (8)

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,580)

 

 

 —

 

 

Gain from currency translation adjustment (9)

 

 

 —

 

 

1,066

 

 

 —

 

 

Trading pilot settlement and associated costs (10)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(25,198)

 

 

Adjusted expenses

 

$

467,954

 

$

465,372

 

$

488,379

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

6,525

 

$

(43,240)

 

$

121,226

 

 

Effect of adjustments

 

 

9,215

 

 

44,482

 

 

(82,501)

 

 

Adjusted pre-tax income

 

$

15,740

 

$

1,242

 

$

38,725

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

45,965

 

$

(17,322)

 

$

29,656

 

 

Tax effect of adjustments (1) (2) (5) (6) (7) (8) (10)

 

 

 —

 

 

7,618

 

 

(14,201)

 

 

Impact of U.S. corporate tax law changes (11)

 

 

843

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

Valuation allowance for historical U.S. deferred tax assets (12)

 

 

(41,380)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

Adjustment to tax reserves from resolving a multi-year contingency in the U.S. (13)

 

 

 —

 

 

7,320

 

 

 —

 

 

Tax incurred relating to changes to internal capital structure outside North America (14)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,526)

 

 

Adjusted income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

5,428

 

$

(2,384)

 

$

8,929

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(39,440)

 

$

(25,918)

 

$

91,570

 

 

Net effect of adjustments

 

 

49,752

 

 

29,544

 

 

(61,774)

 

 

Adjusted net income

 

$

10,312

 

$

3,626

 

$

29,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted (loss) income per share

 

$

(1.19)

 

$

(0.79)

 

$

2.63

 

 

Net effect of adjustments

 

 

1.49

 

 

0.90

 

 

(1.77)

 

 

Adjusted diluted income per share

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.11

 

$

0.86

 

 


Notes:

 

(1)

In the second quarter of 2016, we received insurance proceeds of $2.4 million from our corporate insurance carrier to settle a claim for lost profits arising from an August 2015 outage in our outsourced primary data center in the U.S. Additionally, we generated a nominal gain on the completion of the sale of our investment research operations in May 2016.

 

(2)

In December 2015, we completed the sale of the subsidiaries conducting our energy research operations to an affiliate of Warburg Pincus, a global private equity firm, for $120.5 million. The pre-tax gain of $107.7 million is net of a working capital adjustment on the closing balance sheet, direct costs related to the sale, including share-based compensation costs, and the carrying value of the net assets disposed.

 

29


 

Table of Contents

(3)

In the fourth quarter of 2017, we incurred an $8.1 million charge for the write-off of fixed assets and other costs associated with the consolidation of our New York office space.

 

(4)

In the third quarter of 2017, we deemed the remaining value of a customer intangible asset recorded in ITG Derivatives LLC (“ITG Derivatives”) of $0.3 million fully impaired and incurred legal fees related to the planned formation of the Matrix derivatives venture of $0.8 million.

 

(5)

In the third quarter of 2016, we accrued $22.1 million for a settlement with the SEC with respect to an inquiry involving discontinued activity in pre-released ADRs and incurred legal fees related to this matter of $1.6 million. In the fourth quarter of 2016, we incurred an additional charge of $2.3 million based on the final settlement amount along with legal and other related costs associated with this matter of $1.3 million.

 

(6)

During the first half of 2016, we incurred restructuring charges of $4.3 million related to (a) the reduction in our single stock sales trading and sales organizations and (b) the closing of our U.S. matched-book securities lending operations and our Canadian arbitrage trading desk. In the fourth quarter of 2016, we incurred additional restructuring charges of $5.3 million related to management delayering and the elimination of certain positions.

 

(7)

Our current Chief Executive Officer was granted cash and stock awards upon the commencement of his employment in January 2016, a significant portion of which replaced awards he forfeited at his former employer. Due to U.S. tax regulations, only a small portion of the amount expensed for these awards was eligible for a tax deduction.

 

(8)

In the first half of 2016, we incurred a charge of $4.8 million, net of an insurance recovery of $0.5 million, to settle an arbitration case with our former CEO and incurred legal fees of $2.7 million. In the third quarter of 2016, we recorded a reimbursement of $0.9 million of these legal fees from our insurance carrier.

 

(9)

In the third quarter of 2016, we substantially completed the liquidation of our investment in our Israel entity that ceased operations in December 2013. During our period of ownership and through December 2013, we had accumulated foreign exchange translation gains as a component of equity, which have been reclassified as a gain that reduced other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

(10)

In August 2015, we reached a final settlement with the SEC to pay an aggregate amount of $20.3 million in connection with the SEC's investigation into a proprietary trading pilot operated in 2010 and 2011. During 2015, we incurred $4.9 million in legal and related costs associated with this matter.

 

(11)

In the fourth quarter of 2017, we reduced the amount recorded for a deferred tax liability in the U.S. due to the passing of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which lowered the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%.

 

(12)

In the third quarter of 2017, we determined that it was appropriate to establish a full valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets, of which $42.3 million related to periods prior to the third quarter of 2017. In the fourth quarter of 2017, we reduced the valuation allowance by $0.9 million as a portion of these U.S. deferred tax assets were realized following a tax method change.  

 

(13)

In the fourth quarter of 2016, we resolved a multi-year tax contingency in the U.S. and reduced tax reserves by $7.3 million.

 

(14)

In December 2015, we completed changes to the internal capital structure of our principal holding company outside North America to provide continued flexibility for the movement of global capital. This amendment accelerated the U.S. taxation of amounts earned outside of North America resulting in a tax charge of $6.5 million.

 

Executive Summary for the Year Ended December 31, 2017

Consolidated Overview

During 2017 we achieved strong growth in our international operations, including record levels of revenue and profits in Europe and Asia Pacific.  We exited the year with a stronger fourth quarter as consolidated revenues and adjusted pre-tax income were at the highest levels we have seen since the second quarter of 2015. In the U.S., we faced  headwinds as weak market-wide volumes weighed on our performance. The continuing challenges in the U.S. market resulted in a cumulative pre-tax loss in the U.S. tax jurisdiction over the previous three years, leading to the Company recording a full valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets in the third quarter of 2017. Prevailing accounting guidance limits our ability to consider other subjective evidence to support deferred tax assets, such as forecasts of future profits, when objective verifiable evidence such as a cumulative loss exists. The establishment of this valuation allowance does not limit our ability to utilize the underlying deferred tax assets against future profits in the U.S. jurisdiction. 

 

Our 2017 revenues were $483.7 million, 3% higher than 2016 due largely to the growth in global block crossing through POSIT Alert. On a U.S. GAAP basis, we incurred a net loss of $39.4 million, or $1.19 per diluted share in 2017, compared to a net loss of $25.9 million, or $0.79 per diluted share in 2016. Our GAAP loss in 2017 included a non-cash charge of $41.4 million, or $1.25 per diluted share, to establish the aforementioned valuation allowance on U.S deferred tax assets that arose in prior periods, an $8.1 million, or $0.25 per diluted share, charge for the write-off of fixed assets and other costs associated with the consolidation of our New York office space and charges of $1.1 million, or

30


 

Table of Contents

$0.03 per diluted share, related to the planned formation of the Matrix derivatives venture.  These charges were partially offset by a tax benefit of $0.8 million, or $0.02 per diluted share, to reduce a U.S. deferred tax liability following the passing of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Excluding those items, we generated adjusted net income (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures) of $10.3 million, or $0.30 per diluted share in 2017, compared to adjusted net income of $3.6 million, or $0.11 per diluted share, in 2016.

 

During the year, we continued to implement cost efficiencies including staff reductions, which resulted in employee termination costs of $5.6 million, or $0.17 per share, and the consolidation of office space in our New York headquarters (in the fourth quarter) and in Boston (in the first quarter). We expect to continue to improve our operating efficiency going forward, including the streamlining of our derivatives offering through the Matrix venture, which launched in February 2018. The cost reduction measures we have implemented since the third quarter of 2016 are now achieving cost savings at a rate exceeding $20 million annually and are funding investments we are making in growth initiatives under the Strategic Operating Plan (“SOP”) and in strategic hires for our U.S. sales and coverage teams.

 

We are continuing our focus on growth through the execution of our SOP, which aims to enhance our global capabilities in liquidity, execution, analytics and workflow technology solutions. We have sharpened our focus around these four key service offerings following the divestitures and closings of non-core operations. As part of this plan, we are pursuing significant investments in technology and people to bolster these key service offerings with the expectation that we will meaningfully grow market share, revenues and profitability on a global basis. As of December 31, 2017, we have 55 employees that are fully dedicated to executing the plan and our total investment under the plan since inception in late July 2016 is nearly $23 million.

 

Segment Discussions

 

In the U.S., we are working to narrow the profitability gap in the face of weaker market volumes where average daily trading in U.S. equities fell to a three-year low of 6.5 billion shares in 2017, down from nearly 7.4 billion shares in 2016.  Our U.S. average daily volume (“ADV”) was nearly 1% higher than 2016, outperforming the 11% decrease in market-wide volumes. Our U.S. loss narrowed considerably in the fourth quarter due to a higher average revenue per share and the impact of prior cost reduction measures.

 

Our Canadian commissions and fees rose during the year despite lower market-wide volumes. Commissions and fees were 5% higher than 2016 while market-wide volumes were down 10% versus 2016. This outperformance included growth in POSIT Alert and other trading activity from buy-side clients.

 

Our European Operations experienced a record year in 2017 in terms of both revenue and pre-tax profits, which grew 20% and 61%, respectively. Our executed daily value in the region grew 9% over 2016, outperforming the 4% increase in daily market-wide trading activity. This outperformance reflected increased activity from buy-side clients that was partially offset by reduced activity from sell-side clients. The growth in buy-side activity was largely driven by increased block crossing in POSIT Alert.

 

In Asia Pacific, we achieved our most profitable annual results on record with our pre-tax profit reaching $11.7 million, compared with a $1.6 million pre-tax profit in 2016. Asia Pacific commissions and fees increased 31%, outperforming the 12% growth in overall market-wide activity. This outperformance was driven by strong order flows into the Hong Kong, Korea and Japan markets and the increased use of our trading algorithms and our POSIT Alert block crossing system. We also generated higher commission sharing revenues from our growing trading technology outsourcing business to regional sell-side firms and from trades executed via our Triton EMS.

 

Corporate activity in 2017 reduced pre-tax income by $32.4 million compared to a pre-tax reduction of $70.7 million in 2016. The lower pre-tax loss reflects the impact of costs incurred during the prior year related to a reserve for a settlement with the SEC regarding an inquiry involving discontinued activity in pre-released ADRs and related legal fees, as well as restructuring charges and costs for the continued expensing of upfront awards to our current CEO, a significant portion of which replaced awards he forfeited at his former employer.  Corporate activity in 2017 included the items noted above for the consolidation of our New York headquarters and costs related to the formation of the Matrix derivatives venture.

 

31


 

Table of Contents

Capital Resource Allocation

 

During 2017, we achieved our goal of using our share repurchase plan to offset dilution from the issuance of stock under employee compensation plans. We repurchased 0.9 million shares under our authorized repurchase program in 2017 for $16.9 million, or an average cost of $19.13 per share, and we ended the year with 32.6 million shares outstanding, slightly below the shares outstanding at the end of 2016. We also maintained our $0.07 quarterly dividend program, paying out $9.2 million in cash.

 

Going forward, our goal is to continue to use our share repurchase program to offset dilution, although the number of shares repurchased may vary from period to period. We may repurchase additional shares opportunistically depending on various factors including, among others, market conditions and competing needs for the use of capital. During February 2018, the Board of Directors increased our share repurchase program by an additional 4.0 million shares.

 

Results of Operations—Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016

U.S. Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$ in thousands

    

2017

    

2016

    

Change

    

% Change

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commissions and fees

 

$

154,182

 

$

171,995

 

$

(17,813)

 

(10)

%

Recurring

 

 

47,393

 

 

54,799

 

 

(7,406)

 

(14)

%

Other

 

 

3,415

 

 

2,861

 

 

554

 

19

%

Total revenues

 

 

204,990

 

 

229,655

 

 

(24,665)

 

(11)

%

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and employee benefits

 

 

102,923

 

 

106,464

 

 

(3,541)

 

(3)

%

Transaction processing

 

 

39,601

 

 

39,131

 

 

470

 

 1

%

Other expenses

 

 

86,939

 

 

95,193

 

 

(8,254)

 

(9)

%

Total expenses

 

 

229,463

 

 

240,788

 

 

(11,325)

 

(5)

%

Loss before income tax benefit

 

$

(24,473)

 

$

(11,133)

 

$

(13,340)

 

(120)

%

 

Commissions and fees declined 10% compared to 2016 due primarily to a decline in our overall revenue per share.  Despite an 11% decrease in average daily U.S. market volumes, our ADV increased slightly by 1% over the prior year. This pushed our market share for 2017 to 2.12%, up from 1.88% in 2016. Our overall revenue per share declined 12%, from $0.0042 to $0.0037, driven by movements within the mix of our volume amongst our client segments including a decrease in single-stock sales trading following the sale of our remaining investment research operations in May 2016. ADV from our lower priced sell-side accounts increased to 54% of our overall ADV compared with 52% for the prior year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Operations: Key Indicators*

    

2017

    

2016

    

Change

    

% Change

 

Total trading volume (in billions of shares)

 

 

34.8

 

 

34.8

 

 

 —

 

 —

%

Average trading volume per day (in millions of shares)

 

 

138.8

 

 

138.1

 

 

0.7

 

 1

%

Average revenue per share

 

$

0.0037

 

$

0.0042

 

$

(0.0005)

 

(12)

%

U.S. market trading days

 

 

251

 

 

252

 

 

(1)

 

(0)

%


*

Excludes activity from the trading of derivatives and Latin American equities as well as commission share arrangements.

Recurring revenues decreased 14% from the prior year following the divestiture of our remaining investment research operations in May 2016 and the amendment to terminate the original energy research distribution agreement at the end of 2016, representing more than 75% of the overall decline. We also experienced lower OMS subscriptions and connectivity revenue due to client attrition.

 

Other revenues increased $0.6 million from 2016 due to the impact from lower client trade accommodations, which reduced other revenues by $1.2 million during the prior-year period versus $0.3 million in 2017, as well as higher

32


 

Table of Contents

market data tape rebate revenue in the current period. These increases were offset by the loss of revenue from the impact of the closing of our matched-book securities lending operations in the second quarter 2016.

 

Compensation and employee benefits decreased 3% from the prior year due to the impact of divesting our remaining investment research operations in May 2016, cost savings measures implemented during the second half of 2016 and throughout 2017 and lower incentive bonus compensation. These declines were offset in part by an increase in employee separation costs of $4.4 million as part of cost savings measures, higher stock-based compensation from the increased use of deferred stock awards in our incentive compensation program, an increase in headcount dedicated to helping us execute the SOP and strategic hires for our sales and coverage teams.

 

Transaction processing costs increased 1% from 2016, in line with the growth in our ADV. As a percentage of commissions and fees, transaction processing costs increased to 25.7% from 22.8% during the prior year period due to the impact of the 12% reduction in the average revenue per share and higher execution costs.

 

Other expenses declined 9% from the prior year due to the impact of divesting our remaining investment research operation in May 2016, reduced energy research costs from the amendment to terminate the original energy research distribution agreement, a reduction in travel and entertainment costs and an increase in global research and development costs charged out to other regions. These decreases were partially offset by higher costs associated with hardware and software investments. 

 

Canadian Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$ in thousands

    

2017

    

2016

    

Change

    

% Change

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commissions and fees

 

$

54,389

 

$

51,723

 

$

2,666

 

 5

%

Recurring

 

 

5,152

 

 

5,113

 

 

39

 

 1

%

Other

 

 

3,753

 

 

4,986

 

 

(1,233)

 

(25)

%

Total revenues

 

 

63,294

 

 

61,822

 

 

1,472

 

 2

%

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and employee benefits

 

 

18,228

 

 

18,232

 

 

(4)

 

(0)

%

Transaction processing

 

 

11,434

 

 

9,384

 

 

2,050

 

22

%

Other expenses

 

 

23,024

 

 

22,642

 

 

382

 

 2

%

Total expenses

 

 

52,686

 

 

50,258

 

 

2,428

 

 5

%

Income before income tax expense

 

$

10,608

 

$

11,564

 

$

(956)

 

(8)

%

 

Currency translation from a stronger Canadian Dollar increased total Canadian revenues and expenses by $1.0 million and $0.7 million, respectively, resulting in an increase of $0.3 million to pre-tax income.

 

Commissions and fees grew 5% compared to 2016 despite a 10% decline in market-wide volumes due to growth in block crossing in POSIT Alert and other buy-side trading activity, as well as higher sell-side trading activity and favorable currency translation. 

 

Recurring revenues were comparable to the prior year as an increase in analytics product subscriptions was mostly offset by a reduction in connectivity revenue. Other revenues declined 25% largely from the closure of our arbitrage trading desk in April 2016, which   more than offset the impact from lower client trade accommodations.

 

Compensation and employee benefits were virtually unchanged from 2016 as the impact of lower headcount was offset by currency translation.

 

Transaction processing costs increased 22% over the prior year, significantly exceeding the growth in commission and fees, due primarily to an increase in the proportion of our execution activity where we took liquidity, an increase in third-party order routing costs and an increase in the number of settlement tickets processed. As a percentage of commissions and fees, transaction processing costs increased to 21.0% from 18.1% in 2016.

 

33


 

Table of Contents

Other expenses grew 2% over 2016 as higher charges for global research and development costs and higher costs associated with hardware and software investments were largely offset by reductions in consulting, travel and entertainment, and software amortization costs and the discontinuation of research distribution fees.

 

European Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$ in thousands

    

2017

    

2016

    

Change

    

% Change

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commissions and fees

 

$

135,944

 

$

110,554

 

$

25,390

 

23

%

Recurring

 

 

16,131

 

 

16,029

 

 

102

 

 1

%

Other

 

 

(603)

 

 

(638)

 

 

35

 

 5

%

Total revenues

 

 

151,472

 

 

125,945

 

 

25,527

 

20

%

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and employee benefits

 

 

38,189

 

 

35,964

 

 

2,225

 

 6

%

Transaction processing

 

 

36,787

 

 

31,104

 

 

5,683

 

18

%

Other expenses

 

 

35,393

 

 

33,407

 

 

1,986

 

 6

%

Total expenses

 

 

110,369

 

 

100,475

 

 

9,894

 

10

%

Income before income tax expense

 

$

41,103

 

$

25,470

 

$

15,633

 

61

%

 

Overall currency rate changes in the European region reduced revenues and expenses by $0.7 million and $1.4 million, respectively, increasing pre-tax income by $0.7 million. This increase in pre-tax income was largely attributable to the strengthening of the Euro, as revenues and expenses that originate in British pounds largely offset.

 

 Commissions and fees were 23% higher than 2016 due to strong growth in block crossing in POSIT Alert, as well as growth in single stock sales trading and algorithmic trading from institutional and hedge fund clients and higher commission sharing revenues from trades executed via our Triton EMS. This growth more than offset the impact of reduced trading from sell-side clients. Sell-side clients made up 46% of our European value traded in the current period compared to 61% in the prior-year period. This favorable change in business mix pushed our overall commission rate 18% higher than 2016.

 

Recurring revenues grew marginally from the prior year on higher connectivity and analytics product revenues, offset by lower RFQ-hub maintenance fees. Other revenues improved slightly over 2016 due to a reduction in client trade accommodations. 

  

Compensation and employee benefits expense was 6% higher than the prior year due to higher technology headcount and an increase in incentive compensation from strong financial performance, together with higher associated employee benefit costs. These increases were offset by the favorable impact of currency translation and an accelerated charge for deferred stock awards in the prior-year period related to a termination.

 

Transaction processing costs increased 18% from 2016 reflecting a 9% growth in daily value traded, increased trading in more-costly emerging markets, higher costs to execute ETF trades and higher settlement financing costs. These increases were offset in part by the impact of currency translation. As a percentage of commissions and fees, transaction processing costs declined to 27.1%, compared to 28.1% in 2016 reflecting the increase in our average commission rate noted above.

 

Other expenses increased 6% from the prior year due to higher charges for global research and development costs, new exchange distribution fees and higher connectivity, as well as higher consulting, software amortization, software maintenance, licensing and recruiting costs as we continued to invest in our growth initiatives and prepare for MiFID II, partially offset in part by the favorable impact of currency translation.

 

34


 

Table of Contents

Asia Pacific Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$ in thousands

    

2017

    

2016

    

Change

    

% Change

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commissions and fees

 

$

55,176

 

$

42,191

 

$

12,985

 

31

%

Recurring

 

 

7,235

 

 

5,975

 

 

1,260

 

21

%

Other

 

 

(193)

 

 

(247)

 

 

54

 

22

%

Total revenues

 

 

62,218

 

 

47,919

 

 

14,299

 

30

%

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and employee benefits

 

 

18,618

 

 

17,692

 

 

926

 

 5

%

Transaction processing

 

 

12,925

 

 

10,652

 

 

2,273

 

21

%

Other expenses

 

 

18,995

 

 

18,022

 

 

973

 

 5

%

Total expenses

 

 

50,538

 

 

46,366

 

 

4,172

 

 9

%

Income before income tax expense

 

$

11,680

 

$

1,553

 

$

10,127

 

652

%

 

Currency translation increased total Asia Pacific revenues and expenses by $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, resulting in a decrease of $0.1 million to pre-tax income.

 

Commissions and fees increased 31% over the prior year, far outpacing the 12% growth in overall market-wide activity. This was primarily driven by strong order flows trading into the Hong Kong, Korea and Japan markets and the increased use of our trading algorithms and our POSIT Alert block crossing system. We also had higher commission sharing revenues from trades executed via our Triton EMS and for trading technology licensed to regional broker-dealers.

 

Recurring revenues increased 21% from 2016 primarily due to an increase in connectivity revenue and higher billed revenue from analytics products. Other revenues increased due to a lower impact from client trade accommodations.

 

Compensation and employee benefits increased 5% over the prior year due to a slight increase in headcount and an increase in incentive compensation from strong financial performance.

 

Transaction processing costs increased 21% from 2016, which was slightly higher than the 18% growth in daily value executed due primarily to the impact of a larger proportion of our trading in markets where costs are higher. As a percentage of commissions and fees, transaction processing costs decreased to 23.4% from 25.2% due to the impact of a higher average commission rate.

 

Other expenses increased 5% from the comparable period in 2016 due to higher depreciation expenses associated with investments we are making to enhance redundancy and business recovery capabilities, as well as higher charges for global research and development costs, partially offset by lower recruiting and travel and entertainment expenses.

 

Corporate

Corporate activity includes investment income from treasury activity, certain non-operating revenues and other gains as well as costs not associated with operating the businesses within our regional segments. These costs include, among others, (a) the costs of being a public company, such as certain staff costs, a portion of external audit fees, and reporting, filing and listing costs, (b) intangible asset amortization, (c) interest expense, (d) professional fees associated with our global transfer pricing structure, (e) foreign exchange gains or losses and (f) certain non‑operating expenses.

35


 

Table of Contents

In 2017, we incurred a pre-tax loss from Corporate activities of $32.4 million, reflecting $1.7 million of revenues and $34.1 million of costs, compared to a pre-tax loss of $70.7 million in 2016, reflecting $3.7 million of revenues and $74.4 million of costs. The reduction in revenues reflect the recognition of $2.4 million of insurance proceeds received in the second quarter 2016, net of related expenses, under our business interruption insurance policy for the impact of an outage at our primary outsourced data center incurred in August 2015. The reduction in costs from 2016 reflects costs incurred in 2016 for a reserve for a settlement with the SEC related to an inquiry involving discontinued activity in pre-released ADRs and related legal fees, the expensing of upfront cash and stock awards granted to our current CEO, a significant portion of which replaced awards he forfeited at his former employer, the settlement of the arbitration claim by our former CEO, net of insurance recoveries, together with related legal fees, and restructuring costs related to (a) the reduction in single stock sales trading headcount that was previously focused on our research products and (b) the closing of our U.S. matched-book securities lending operations and our Canadian arbitrage trading desk. Costs in 2016 were reduced by the reclassification of an accumulated foreign translation gain after we substantially liquidated our Israel entity. In 2017, we incurred costs of $8.1 million for the write-off of fixed assets and other costs associated with the consolidation of our New York headquarters and $0.3 million of asset impairment costs and $0.8 million in legal fees associated with the planned formation of the Matrix derivatives venture. 

Excluding the items noted above for 2017 and 2016, Corporate costs decreased by $2.5 million compared to the prior year primarily reflecting lower legal fees. Corporate costs, including legal fees, can vary from period to period as we work through litigation, regulatory and other corporate matters.

Consolidated Income Tax Expense

For the full year 2017, we reported a tax expense of $46.0 million on pre-tax income of $6.5 million. The significant tax expense reflected the impact of a full valuation allowance on U.S. deferred tax assets made in the third quarter of 2017, giving rise to a charge of $42.3 million related to assets that arose in periods prior to the third quarter of 2017. This charge was later reduced by $0.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2017 as we realized certain deferred tax assets following a tax method change. We made our assessment to provide a full valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets after applying the appropriate weighting to both positive and negative evidence related to whether it is more-likely than not that some or all of these deferred tax assets will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, we considered our cumulative pre-tax loss in the U.S. jurisdiction over the previous three years as a significant piece of negative evidence. Prevailing accounting guidance limits our ability to consider other subjective evidence to support deferred tax assets, such as projections of future profits, when objective verifiable evidence such as a cumulative loss exists.  Additionally, in December, the U.S. enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which lowers the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate to 21% from 35%.  Although the rate reduction isn’t effective until 2018, certain future deferred tax items are revalued to the lower tax rate.  This resulted in a $0.9 million tax benefit to reduce the value of our U.S. deferred tax liability. In 2016, we reported a tax benefit of $17.3 million on a pre-tax loss of $43.2 million. The benefit in 2016 reflects the positive impact of tax reserve reversals of $7.3 million following the resolution of a multi-year tax contingency in the U.S. and the impact of strong earnings from our European Operations, where we are taxed at a lower rate and earnings from our Asia Pacific Operations, where we do not incur tax expense due to loss carryforwards. These benefits were partially offset by the negative impact in the U.S. of a substantial portion of the $24.5 million settlement cost for the ADR matter being non-deductible.

 

Our consolidated effective tax rate can vary from period to period depending on, among other factors, the geographic and business mix of our earnings.  

 

36


 

Table of Contents

Results of Operation—Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

U.S. Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$ in thousands

    

2016

    

2015

    

Change

    

% Change

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commissions and fees

 

$

171,995

 

$

200,325

 

$

(28,330)

 

(14)

%

Recurring

 

 

54,799

 

 

79,296

 

 

(24,497)

 

(31)

%

Other

 

 

2,861

 

 

5,609

 

 

(2,748)

 

(49)

%

Total revenues

 

 

229,655

 

 

285,230

 

 

(55,575)

 

(19)

%

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and employee benefits

 

 

106,464

 

 

128,715

 

 

(22,251)

 

(17)

%

Transaction processing

 

 

39,131

 

 

42,524

 

 

(3,393)

 

(8)

%

Other expenses

 

 

95,193

 

 

97,991

 

 

(2,798)

 

(3)

%

Total expenses

 

 

240,788

 

 

269,230

 

 

(28,442)

 

(11)

%

(Loss) income before income tax (benefit) expense

 

$

(11,133)

 

$

16,000

 

$

(27,133)

 

(170)

%

The 14% decline in commissions and fees compared to the prior year period resulted from a 15% reduction in our ADV as compared to a 6% increase in total daily U.S. market volumes. This decline in ADV was largely from a 24% reduction from sell-side clients. Activity from buy-side clients was down negligibly due to a strong finish to the year following the roll-out of the Strategic Operating Plan in late July and the implementation of changes to certain client facing roles. 

Commissions and fees were further affected by an overall 2% decline in rates from $0.0043 to $0.0042 which was driven by a lower average sell-side rate per share and the impact of reduced single stock sales trading for equities due to the reduction in our single stock sales trading organization following the sale of our remaining investment research operations in May 2016.  The declines in commissions and fees noted above were partially offset by the growth in commissions from the sales trading of derivatives .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Operations: Key Indicators*

    

2016

    

2015

    

Change

 

% Change

 

Total trading volume (in billions of shares)

 

 

34.8

 

 

40.9

 

 

(6.1)

    

(15)

%

Average trading volume per day (in millions of shares)

 

 

138.1

 

 

162.2

 

 

(24.1)

 

(15)

%

Average revenue per share

 

$

0.0042

 

$

0.0043

 

$

(0.0001)

 

(2)

%

U.S. market trading days

 

 

252

 

 

252

 

 

 —

 

 —

%


*

Excludes activity from the trading of derivatives and Latin American equities as well as commission share arrangements.

  Recurring revenues decreased 31% from 2015 primarily from the loss of billed investment research revenue following the divestiture of our research operations in May 2016 and December 2015. We also experienced lower subscription revenue for our OMS product due to client attrition and a reduction in billed revenue for analytics products.

 

Other revenues decreased 49% compared to 2015 due to the impact of transaction advisory services revenue earned in 2015 by our former energy research team and higher client trade accommodations, which reduced other revenues by $1.2 million during 2016 compared to a reduction of $0.7 million during 2015. The closing of our matched-book securities lending operations in the second quarter 2016, and lower market data tape rebate revenue also contributed to the decline. These reductions were partially offset by clearing fee revenue earned. 

 

Compensation and employee benefits decreased 17% from the prior year in large part due to the divestiture of our research operations, which represented more than 70% of the total decrease. We also incurred a lower cost for current year incentive-based compensation due in part to a greater proportion of 2016 incentive compensation awarded in deferred stock to better align employees with the long-term outcome of the Strategic Operating Plan and we benefitted from cost savings measures implemented during the second half of 2016.

 

37


 

Table of Contents

Transaction processing costs decreased 8% as compared to 2015, which was lower than the 15% decline in our ADV due to additional costs to outsource select clearing accounts to a third party and the impact that fixed clearing and settlement costs have on reduced volumes. These factors led to an increase in transaction processing costs as a percentage of commission and fees to 22.8% in 2016 from 21.2% in 2015.

 

Other expenses decreased 3% from the prior year due to lower travel and entertainment, marketing, recruiting and bad debt costs, as well as the impact of the divestiture of our research operations, which impact was offset in part by an agreement to purchase energy research for distribution to bundled trading clients .

 

Canadian Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$ in thousands

    

2016

    

2015

    

Change

    

% Change

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commissions and fees

 

$

51,723

 

$

49,169

 

$

2,554

 

 5

%

Recurring

 

 

5,113

 

 

5,563

 

 

(450)

 

(8)

%

Other

 

 

4,986

 

 

8,296

 

 

(3,310)

 

(40)

%

Total revenues

 

 

61,822

 

 

63,028

 

 

(1,206)

 

(2)

%

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and employee benefits

 

 

18,232

 

 

20,078

 

 

(1,846)

 

(9)

%

Transaction processing

 

 

9,384

 

 

8,783

 

 

601

 

 7

%

Other expenses

 

 

22,642

 

 

23,524

 

 

(882)

 

(4)

%

Total expenses

 

 

50,258

 

 

52,385

 

 

(2,127)

 

(4)

%

Income before income tax expense

 

$

11,564

 

$

10,643

 

$

921

 

 9

%

 

Currency translation from a weaker Canadian Dollar decreased total Canadian revenues and expenses by $1.8 million and $1.3 million, respectively, resulting in a decrease of $0.5 million to pre-tax income.

 

The 5% growth in commissions and fees from 2015 trailed the 16% growth in daily market-wide volumes due to the impact of unfavorable currency translation as well as a greater proportion of our volume in 2016 coming from lower-priced sell-side clients. MATCHNow volumes grew by more than 50% for a second consecutive year.

 

Recurring revenues decreased 8% from the prior year primarily from the sale of energy research at the end of 2015.

 

Other revenues decreased 40% from 2015 due to the impact of closing the arbitrage trading desk in April 2016. 

 

Compensation and employee benefits costs decreased 9% from the prior year due to lower incentive-based compensation due in part to a greater proportion of 2016 incentive compensation awarded in deferred stock to better align employees with the long-term outcome of the Strategic Operating Plan and the favorable impact of foreign currency.

 

Transaction processing costs grew at a slightly higher pace than commissions and fees due to the impact of processing increased volumes from lower-rate sell-side clients, offset in part by reductions related to closing the arbitrage trading desk and currency translation. 

 

Other expenses decreased 4% from the prior year period due to lower consulting, travel and entertainment and marketing costs as well as lower research distribution fees paid to the U.S. Operations.

 

38


 

Table of Contents

European Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$ in thousands

    

2016

    

2015

    

Change

    

% Change

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commissions and fees

 

$

110,554

 

$

113,633

 

$

(3,079)

 

(3)

%

Recurring

 

 

16,029

 

 

16,272

 

 

(243)

 

(1)

%

Other

 

 

(638)

 

 

(176)

 

 

(462)

 

(263)

%

Total revenues

 

 

125,945

 

 

129,729

 

 

(3,784)

 

(3)

%

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and employee benefits

 

 

35,964

 

 

38,924

 

 

(2,960)

 

(8)

%

Transaction processing

 

 

31,104

 

 

29,887

 

 

1,217

 

 4

%

Other expenses

 

 

33,407

 

 

32,674

 

 

733

 

 2

%

Total expenses

 

 

100,475

 

 

101,485

 

 

(1,010)

 

(1)

%

Income before income tax expense

 

$

25,470

 

$

28,244

 

$

(2,774)

 

(10)

%

 

Overall currency rate changes in the European region reduced both revenues and expenses by approximately $5.0 million, driven by a steep decline in the translation rate of the British Pound. Since revenues and expenses that originate in British pounds largely offset, there was no material impact to profitability. The translation rate of other currencies in the region, including the Euro, Swiss Franc and Scandinavian currencies did not change materially from the prior year. 

 

Commissions and fees declined 3% compared to 2015 due to the impact of currency translation on U.K.-based trading and the reduced use of POSIT crossing by certain sell-side clients. This impact was offset in part by increases from buy-side clients using our POSIT Alert block crossing system and single stock sales trading services.

 

Recurring revenues decreased 1% from the prior year due primarily to lower billed revenue for analytics products and currency translation, while the change in other revenues primarily reflected the impact from higher client trade accommodations and losses in the first half of 2016 to provide price improvement for ETFs in order to generate higher levels of commissions and fees on such trades.

 

Compensation and employee benefits decreased 8% from 2015 primarily due to the impact of currency translation on costs for employees based in the U.K., and lower current year incentive-based cash compensation due largely to a greater proportion of 2016 incentive compensation awarded in deferred stock to better align employees with the long-term outcome of the Strategic Operating Plan. These decreases were offset in part by an increase in stock-based compensation associated with awards granted in 2013 through 2015.

 

Transaction processing costs increased 4% over the prior year despite favorable currency translation due to a lower concentration of business transacted through POSIT, transaction costs for executions in ETFs in the second half of 2016 and higher financing costs associated with delivery failures. Transaction processing costs increased as a percentage of commissions and fees to 28.1%, compared to 26.3% in 2015.

 

Other expenses were 2% higher than 2015 due to investments in lower latency market data feeds and compliance monitoring tools, increased costs for connecting clients and costs relating to our new Paris office. These increases were offset in part by the impact of currency translation on U.K.-based expenses, lower professional fees, bank charges and travel and entertainment costs.

 

39


 

Table of Contents

Asia Pacific Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$ in thousands

    

2016

    

2015

    

Change

    

% Change

 

Revenues:

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

    

 

Commissions and fees

 

$

42,191

 

$

42,552

 

$

(361)

 

(1)

%

Recurring

 

 

5,975

 

 

6,053

 

 

(78)

 

(1)

%

Other

 

 

(247)

 

 

(426)

 

 

179

 

42

%

Total revenues

 

 

47,919

 

 

48,179

 

 

(260)

 

(1)

%

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and employee benefits

 

 

17,692

 

 

18,165

 

 

(473)

 

(3)

%

Transaction processing

 

 

10,652

 

 

10,298

 

 

354

 

 3

%

Other expenses

 

 

18,022

 

 

18,096

 

 

(74)

 

(0)

%

Total expenses

 

 

46,366

 

 

46,559

 

 

(193)

 

(0)

%

Income before income tax expense

 

$

1,553

 

$

1,620

 

$

(67)

 

(4)

%

 

Currency translation from a weaker Australian Dollar decreased total Asia Pacific revenues and expenses by $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, resulting in a decrease of $0.1 million to pre-tax income.

 

Asia Pacific commissions and fees were virtually unchanged from 2015 as the strong growth in block crossing in POSIT Alert offset the decline in commissions on algorithm trading from buy-side clients. Our average daily value executed in the region increased by 3% as compared to the prior year despite a decline in market-wide trading of 13%. A greater proportion of our current year activity was from lower-priced sell-side accounts, which pushed our average commission rate on the increased executed value lower.

 

Recurring revenues were comparable to the prior year period, while other revenues improved due to the impact from lower client trade accommodations.

 

Compensation and employee benefits decreased 3% from 2015 due to lower incentive-based compensation, including the impact of a greater proportion of 2016 incentive compensation awarded in deferred stock to better align employees with the long-term outcome of the Strategic Operating Plan.

 

Transaction processing costs increased 3% from the prior year, less than the 11% growth in value executed, due to a higher proportion of our trading in markets where costs are lower and the impact of increased block crossing. As a percentage of commissions and fees, transaction processing costs increased slightly to 25.2% from 24.2% for the year due to the impact of a higher proportion of value executed for lower-rate, sell-side clients.

 

Other expenses decreased slightly as compared to the prior year period primarily due to lower travel and entertainment costs, recruiting fees and allocated software development expenses partially offset by higher software amortization and marketing costs.

 

40


 

Table of Contents

Corporate

For 2016, we incurred a pre-tax loss from Corporate activities of $70.7 million, reflecting $2.4 million of insurance proceeds related to the August 2015 outage at our outsourced primary data center, $1.3 million of investment income and $74.4 million of costs.  For 2015, we reported pre-tax income of $64.7 million reflecting the $107.7 million gain on the sale of energy research, $0.9 million of investment income and $43.9 million of costs.  Costs in 2016 included a $27.4 million charge for a settlement with the SEC related to an inquiry involving pre-released ADRs and related professional fees. These costs also included $4.4 million for the expensing of upfront awards to our current CEO, a significant portion of which replaced awards he forfeited at his former employer, $4.8 million for the settlement of the arbitration claim by our former CEO, together with related professional fees of $1.8 million, net of a $0.9 million insurance recovery in the third quarter, and $9.6 million of restructuring costs related to (a) the headcount reduction within the single stock sales trading and sales organization, including headcount that was previously focused on our research products, (b) the closing of our U.S. matched-book securities lending operations and our Canadian arbitrage trading desk and (c) additional cost savings related to management delayering and elimination of certain positions. Costs during the 2016 period were reduced by $1.1 million for the reclassification of an accumulated foreign translation gain now that we have substantially liquidated our Israel entity. Costs in the 2015 period included $25.2 million for the 2015 SEC Settlement and related legal and other fees. Excluding the items noted above for 2016 and 2015, Corporate costs increased by $7.9 million compared to the prior year reflecting the impact of a $2.1 million reversal in 2015 of compensation associated with the executive changes announced in August 2015 and additional professional fees in the current year period related to litigation, regulatory and other matters. These increases were offset in part by lower intangible amortization expense as a result of the divestitures of our research operations.

Consolidated Income Tax Expense

Our effective tax rate was a benefit of 40.1% for 2016 compared to an expense of 24.5% for 2015. The high benefit rate in 2016 reflects the positive impact of tax reserve reversals of $7.3 million following the resolution of a multi-year tax contingency in the U.S. and the impact of strong earnings from our European Operations, where we are taxed at a lower rate and earnings from our Asia Pacific Operations, where we do not incur tax expense due to loss carryforwards. These benefits were partially offset by the negative impact in the U.S. of a substantial portion of the $24.5 million settlement cost for the ADR matter being non-deductible. The low rate in 2015 primarily reflected the impact of a low tax rate on the gain from the sale of energy research due to the availability of a deductible basis that was mostly written-off for book purposes in 2012, significant income generated by our European Operations where we are taxed at a lower rate and profitability generated by our Asia Pacific Operations where we are not incurring a tax cost due to the availability of loss carryforwards. These impacts were partially offset by the non-deductibility of a substantial portion of the cost for the 2015 SEC Settlement and a tax expense of $6.5 million on a deemed dividend associated with changes to the internal capital structure of our operations outside North America completed in 2015 .

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

Our primary source of liquidity is cash provided by operations. Our liquidity requirements result from our working capital needs, which include clearing and settlement activities, as well as our regulatory capital needs. A substantial portion of our assets is liquid, consisting of cash and cash equivalents or assets readily convertible into cash. Cash is principally invested in money market mutual funds. At December 31, 2017, unrestricted cash and cash equivalents totaled $287.5 million. Included in this amount is $124.2 million of cash and cash equivalents held by subsidiaries outside the United States. Due to changes to the internal capital structure of our operations outside of North America completed in 2015 and the one-time inclusion in 2017 U.S. taxable income of all foreign earnings and profits not previously taxed in the U.S. pursuant to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, we do not anticipate a need to repatriate funds from certain foreign subsidiaries to the U.S. by way of additional dividends in the foreseeable future.

As a self‑clearing broker‑dealer in the U.S., we are subject to cash deposit requirements with clearing organizations that may be large in relation to total liquid assets and may fluctuate significantly based upon the nature and size of customers’ trading activity and market volatility. At December 31, 2017, we had interest‑bearing security deposits totaling $16.5 million with clearing organizations in the U.S. for the settlement of equity trades. In the normal course of our U.S. settlement activities, we may also need to temporarily finance customer securities positions from short settlements or delivery failures. These financings may be funded from existing cash resources, borrowings under

41


 

Table of Contents

stock loan transactions or short‑term bank loans under our committed facility. On January 26, 2018, we entered into a new $150 million 364‑day revolving credit agreement (the “New Credit Agreement”) in the U.S. with a syndicate of banks and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. The terms and conditions of the New Credit Agreement are similar to the credit agreement that matured in January 2018 (see Note 14, Borrowings, and Note 24, Subsequent Events ).

We also self‑clear equity trades in Australia, maintaining a deposit with clearing organizations of $2.3 million at December 31, 2017. We no longer maintain a clearing deposit in Hong Kong since migrating to a third-party clearing provider (see discussion in Regulatory Capital below).  In Europe, we maintained $6.3 million in restricted cash related to protected client funds and we had deposits with our clearing and settlement agents of $38.6 million at December 31, 2017. As part of our European settlement activities, we may need to temporarily finance customer securities positions from non-standard settlements or delivery failures.  These financings may be funded from existing cash resources or short-term bank loans under uncommitted overdraft facilities with our settlement agent and a commercial bank.

Capital Resources

Capital resource requirements relate to capital purchases, as well as business investments, and are generally funded from operations. When required, as in the case of a major acquisition, our cash generating ability has historically allowed us to obtain debt financing.

Operating Activities

The table below summarizes the effect of the major components of operating cash flow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

(in thousands)

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(39,440)

 

$

(25,918)

 

$

91,570

 

Gain on sale of energy business

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(107,699)

 

Gain on sale of investment research operations

 

 

 —

 

 

(21)

 

 

 —

 

Non-cash items included in net (loss) income (1)

 

 

107,409

 

 

53,455

 

 

74,226

 

Effect of changes in receivables/payables from/to customers and brokers

 

 

(22,968)

 

 

8,337

 

 

14,778

 

Effect of changes in other working capital and operating assets and liabilities

 

 

23,013

 

 

(771)

 

 

(24,129)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

68,014

 

$

35,082

 

$

48,746

 


(1)

2017 includes the impact of establishing a full valuation allowance for U.S. deferred tax assets of $37.7 million (after the revaluation of deferred tax assets following the passing of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act). 

The higher level of net cash provided by operating activities for 2017 as compared to 2016 was attributable to improvements in our results, excluding non-cash items, driven by record profits in both our European and Asia Pacific Operations. The reported net loss in 2017 included significant non-cash items such as the recording of a full valuation allowance against the Company’s U.S. deferred tax assets (see Note 9, Income Taxes ), charges related to the consolidation of our New York headquarters from three floors to two floors and a charge for an asset impairment associated with our planned formation of the Matrix derivatives venture.  The reduction in net cash provided by operating activities in 2016 compared to 2015 was driven by the net loss incurred during 2016 and the growth in deferred tax assets in the U.S. from the carry-forward of tax credits triggered by losses.

In the normal course of our clearing and settlement activities worldwide, cash is typically used to fund restricted or segregated cash accounts (under regulations and otherwise), broker and customer fails to deliver/receive, securities borrowed, deposits with clearing organizations and net activity related to receivables/payables from/to customers and brokers. The cash requirements vary from day to day depending on value transacted and customer trading patterns.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities of $47.2 million during 2017 primarily includes investments in software development projects and computer hardware and software.

 

42


 

Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities of $10.9 million in 2017 primarily reflects repurchases of ITG common stock, our dividend program, shares withheld for net settlements of share‑based awards and repayments of long‑term debt partially offset by short‑term bank borrowings that are used to support our settlement activities.

During 2017, we repurchased 1.4 million shares of our common stock at a cost of approximately $27.7 million, which was funded from our available cash resources. Of these shares, 0.9 million were purchased under our Board of Directors’ authorized stock repurchase program for a total cost of $16.9 million, or an average cost of $19.13 per share.  An additional 0.5 million shares ($10.8 million) pertained solely to the satisfaction of minimum statutory withholding tax upon the net settlement of equity awards. As of December 31, 2017, the total remaining number of shares currently available for repurchase under ITG’s stock repurchase program was 0.6 million. On February 15, 2018, the Board of Directors increased our share repurchase authorization by an additional 4.0 million shares bringing the total number of shares available for repurchase on that date to 4.4 million shares. The specific timing and amount of repurchases will vary depending on various factors including, among others, market conditions and competing needs for the use of capital. We may elect to conduct future share repurchases through open market purchases, private transactions or automatic share repurchase programs under SEC Rule 10b5‑1.

In April 2015, our Board of Directors initiated a dividend program under which we began to pay quarterly dividends, subject to quarterly declarations by the Board of Directors. During 2017, our Board of Directors declared and we paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.07 per share totaling $9.2 million, in the aggregate, and issued stock dividends of $0.1 million.

Regulatory Capital

ITG Inc., AlterNet and ITG Derivatives are subject to the SEC’s Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3‑1), which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital. ITG Inc. has elected to use the alternative method permitted by Rule 15c3‑1, which requires that ITG Inc. maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of $1.0 million or 2% of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions, as defined. AlterNet and ITG Derivatives have elected to use the basic method permitted by Rule 15c3‑1, which requires that they each maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of 6 2 / 3 % of aggregate indebtedness or $100,000. Dividends or withdrawals of capital cannot be made if capital is needed to comply with regulatory requirements.

Net capital balances and the amounts in excess of required net capital at December 31, 2017 for the U.S. Operations are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Operations

    

Net Capital

    

Excess

 

ITG Inc.

 

$

86,165

 

$

85,165

 

AlterNet

 

 

4,300

 

 

4,200

 

ITG Derivatives

 

 

579

 

 

479

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, ITG Inc. had $9.2 million of cash in a Special Reserve Bank Account for the benefit of customers under the Customer Protection Rule pursuant to SEC Rule 15c3-3, Computation for Determination of Reserve Requirements and $2.5 million under agreements for proprietary accounts of broker-dealers.

In addition, our Canadian, European and Asia Pacific Operations have subsidiaries with regulatory capital requirements. The regulatory net capital balances and amount of regulatory capital in excess of the minimum requirements applicable to each business at December 31, 2017, is summarized in the following table (dollars in thousands):

43


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Net Capital

    

Excess

 

Canadian Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canada

 

$

24,450

 

$

24,050

 

European Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ireland

 

 

46,030

 

 

12,278

 

U.K.

 

 

2,036

 

 

1,025

 

Asia Pacific Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

27,008

 

 

17,591

 

Hong Kong

 

 

5,993

 

 

5,538

 

Singapore

 

 

1,121

 

 

1,047

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In 2017, we migrated from self-clearing in Hong Kong to the use of a third-party clearer that settles trades executed in Hong Kong on behalf of ITG Australia Limited.   Since capital requirements with respect to unsettled trades are generally lower in Australia than Hong Kong, this migration has reduced our overall peak capital requirements in the Asia Pacific region by more than $10 million.

During the second quarter of 2017, we received regulatory approval for a change in the method used to determine our capital requirements in Europe following an extensive review we initiated with our local regulator. This change has lowered peak capital requirements in the region by nearly $20 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resource Outlook

Historically, our working capital, stock repurchase, dividend program and investment activity requirements have been funded from cash from operations and short‑term loans, with the exception of strategic acquisitions, which at times have required long‑term financing. We believe that our cash flow from operations, existing cash balances and our available credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our ongoing operating cash and regulatory capital needs, while also complying with the terms of the New Credit Agreement. However, our ability to borrow additional funds may be impacted by financial lending institutions’ ability or willingness to lend to us on commercially acceptable terms and we may become subject to covenants even more restrictive than those contained in our current credit facilities. If, for any reason, we are unable to comply with the covenants under our existing or future credit facilities, we may not be able to borrow additional funds under commercially acceptable terms or may not be granted waivers or amendments to such restrictions, such waivers or amendments may be provided at significant additional cost to us or we may not be able to refinance our debt on terms acceptable to us, or at all. The lenders under our current credit facilities also have the right to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings in certain circumstances and, in an event of default, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all or substantially all of our debt or the loss of the assets securing our debt.

Off‑Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

We are a member of various U.S. and non‑U.S. exchanges and clearing houses that trade and clear, respectively, equities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with our membership, we may be required to pay a proportionate share of financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchanges or the clearing house. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, in general, our guarantee obligations would arise only if the exchange had previously exhausted its resources. The maximum potential payout under these memberships cannot be estimated. We have not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believe that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote. We are also subject to indemnification provisions within agreements with third-party clearing brokers in certain jurisdictions whereby we are obligated to reimburse the clearing broker, without limit, for losses incurred due to a counterparty’s failure to satisfy its contractual obligations.

44


 

Table of Contents

Aggregate Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2017, our contractual obligations and other commercial commitments amounted to $194.2 million in the aggregate and consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments due by period

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

More than

 

Contractual obligations

    

Total

    

1 year

    

1 - 3 years

    

3 - 5 years

    

5 years

 

Purchase of goods and services

 

$

63,624

 

$

36,573

 

$

20,164

 

$

6,887

 

$

 —

 

Long term debt

 

 

3,104

 

 

955

 

 

1,956

 

 

193

 

 

 —

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

121,477

 

 

13,513

 

 

25,702

 

 

21,961

 

 

60,301

 

Minimum payments under certain employment arrangements (a)

 

 

6,028

 

 

5,938

 

 

28

 

 

28

 

 

34

 

Total

 

$

194,233

 

$

56,979

 

$

47,850

 

$

29,069

 

$

60,335

 


(a)

Pursuant to employment arrangements, in the event of termination of employment without cause on December 31, 2017, we would be obligated to pay separation payments totaling $6.0 million.

The above information excludes $7.7 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits discussed in Note 9, Income Taxes , to the consolidated financial statements, because it is not possible to estimate the time period when, or if, it might be paid to tax authorities.

As part of the $150 million 364‑day credit agreement we entered into on January 26, 2018, we are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.75% on any unborrowed amounts.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017‑04, Intangibles – Goodwill and other (Topic 350): Simplifying the test for goodwill impairment. The amendments in this ASU address concerns over the cost and complexity of the two-step goodwill impairment test and remove the second step of the test. An entity will apply a one-step quantitative test and record the amount of goodwill impairment as the excess of a reporting unit's carrying amount over its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The new guidance does not amend the optional qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment. ASU 2017‑04 is effective for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. We are currently evaluating the new guidance and have not yet determined the impact of adoption on our financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02,  Leases (Topic 842) , which requires lessees to recognize leases on the balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. The new standard requires a lessee to recognize an asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with a term longer than 12 months.  Leases will be classified as finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. Classification will be based on criteria that are largely similar to those applied in current lease accounting, but more significant management judgment will be required. The new standard is effective for us on January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. We expect to adopt the new standard on its effective date. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. We are currently evaluating the effect of adoption of the new standard and expect that it will have a material effect on our financial statements. We currently believe the most significant changes relate to real estate and office and equipment operating leases. We do not expect a significant change in our leasing activity between now and adoption.

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. In many instances, the application of such principles requires management to make estimates or to apply subjective principles to particular facts and circumstances. A change in the estimates or a variance in the application, or interpretation of accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. could yield a materially different accounting result. Below is a summary of our critical accounting estimates where we believe that the

45


 

Table of Contents

estimations, judgments or interpretations that we made, if different, would have yielded the most significant differences in our consolidated financial statements. In addition, for a summary of all of our significant accounting policies see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill Impairment: Testing Methodology and Valuation Considerations

We obtained goodwill and intangible assets as a result of the acquisitions of certain of our subsidiaries. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired. We are required to periodically assess whether any of our goodwill is impaired. In order to do this, we apply judgment in determining our reporting units, which represent our business segments. Our annual goodwill impairment assessment involves assessing qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the results of our qualitative analysis suggests that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, additional steps are required to calculate a potential impairment loss using a two‑step impairment test. The two‑step impairment testing process is as follows:

·

Step one—the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value in order to identify potential impairment. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of its net assets, goodwill is not considered impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets exceeds the fair value of a reporting unit, potential impairment is indicated at the reporting unit level and step two of the impairment test is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and measure the potential impairment loss.

·

Step two—when potential impairment is indicated in step one, we compare the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Determining the implied fair value of goodwill requires a valuation of the reporting unit’s tangible and (non‑goodwill) intangible assets and liabilities in a manner similar to the allocation of the purchase price in a business combination. Any excess in the value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is referred to as the implied fair value of goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization

Intangible assets with definite useful lives are subject to amortization and are evaluated for recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate that an intangible asset’s carrying amount may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment . If such an event or change occurs, we estimate cash flows directly associated with the use of the intangible asset to test its recoverability and assess its remaining useful life. The projected cash flows require assumptions related to revenue growth, operating margins and other relevant market, economic and regulatory factors. If the expected undiscounted future cash flows from the use and eventual disposition of a finite‑lived intangible asset or asset group are not sufficient to recover the carrying value of the asset, we then compare the carrying amount to its current fair value. We estimate the fair value using market prices for similar assets, if available, or by using a discounted cash flow model. We then recognize an impairment loss for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. While we believe our assumptions are reasonable, changes in these assumptions may have a material impact on our financial results.

Share‑Based Compensation

In accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation , share‑based payment transactions require the application of a fair value methodology that involves various assumptions. The fair value of options awarded is estimated on the date of grant using the Black‑Scholes option valuation model that uses the following assumptions: expected life of the option, risk‑free interest rate, expected volatility of our common stock price and expected dividend yield. We estimate the expected life of the options using historical data and the volatility of our common stock is estimated based on a combination of the historical volatility and the implied volatility from traded options. The fair value of restricted stock unit awards with a market condition is estimated on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model. A Monte Carlo simulation is an iterative technique designed to estimate future payouts by taking into account our current stock price, the volatility of our common stock, risk‑free rates, and a risk‑neutral valuation methodology. The fair

46


 

Table of Contents

value of restricted stock unit awards with a performance condition is estimated throughout the life of the award based on the probability of achieving the performance condition.

Although both models meet the requirements of ASC 718, the fair values generated by the model may not be indicative of the actual fair values of the underlying awards, as it does not consider other factors important to those share‑based compensation awards, such as continued employment, periodic vesting requirements and limited transferability.

Contingencies and Uncertainties

The use of estimates is important in determining provisions for potential losses that may arise from litigation, mediation, arbitration, regulatory proceedings and various contingencies and uncertainties. Our accounting for contingencies and uncertainties follows the guidance prescribed under ASC 450, Contingencies , which requires that losses be accrued when they are probable of occurring and can be reasonably estimated. We review the status of each significant matter and evaluate its potential financial exposure on a regular basis. If the potential loss from any exposure is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we accrue a liability for the estimated loss. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether an exposure is reasonably estimable. Because of the inherent uncertainties in the evaluation process, accruals are based only on the best information available at the time, so actual losses may be different from the originally estimated provision. As additional information becomes available, our reassessment of the potential liability may lead to a revision in our estimates. These revisions in the estimates of the potential liabilities could have a material impact on the company’s results of operations for any particular period.

Income Taxes

ASC 740, Income Taxes , establishes financial accounting and reporting standards for the effect of income taxes. The objectives of accounting for income taxes are to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in an entity’s financial statements or tax returns. A valuation allowance may be recorded against deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that those assets will not be realized. Judgment is required in assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. Fluctuations in the actual outcome of these future tax consequences could materially impact our financial position or results of operations.

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit for each such position that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating our tax positions and tax benefits. Such estimates involve interpretations of regulations, rulings, case law, etc. and are inherently complex. Our estimates may require periodic adjustments and may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes as resolution of income tax treatments in individual jurisdictions typically would not be known for several years after completion of any fiscal year. The impact of our reassessment of uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 did not have a material impact on the results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted on December 22, 2017 and introduced significant changes to U.S, income tax law. Effective in 2018, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act reduces the U.S. statutory corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% and creates new taxes on certain foreign-sourced earnings and certain related party payments, which are referred to as GILTI and the base erosion tax, respectively. In addition, under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, in 2017 we were subject to the mandatory inclusion in U.S. taxable income of all accumulated foreign subsidiary earnings not previously subject to U.S. tax.  The mandatory inclusion did not result in any incremental U.S. tax expense in 2017 due to the impact of a U.S. tax loss in the current year and the utilization of foreign tax credits. 

Due to the timing of the enactment and the complexity involved in applying the provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, we have made reasonable estimates of the effects and recorded provisional amounts in the 2017 consolidated financial statements. As we collect and prepare necessary data and interpret the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and any additional guidance issued by the U.S. Treasury Department, the IRS, and other standard-setting bodies, additional adjustments to the provisional amounts may be made. Information needed to adjust provisional amounts include the

47


 

Table of Contents

completion of all international 2017 tax returns. These additional adjustments may materially impact the provision for income taxes and effective tax rate in the period in which the adjustments are made. We expect the final accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act to be completed in 2018.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk refers to the potential for adverse changes in the value of a company’s financial instruments as a result of changes in market conditions. We are exposed to market risk associated with changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and equity prices. We do not hold financial instruments for trading purposes on a long‑term basis. We continually evaluate our exposure to market risk and oversee the establishment of policies, procedures and controls to ensure that market risks are identified and analyzed on an ongoing basis.

We have performed sensitivity analyses on different tests of market risk as described in the following sections to estimate the impacts of a hypothetical change in market conditions on the U.S. Dollar value of non‑U.S. Dollar‑based profits associated with our Canadian, European and Asia Pacific Operations. Estimated potential losses assume the occurrence of certain adverse market conditions. Such estimates do not consider the potential effect of favorable changes in market factors and also do not represent management’s expectations of projected losses in fair value. We do not foresee any significant changes in the strategies we use to manage interest rate risk, foreign currency risk or equity price risk in the near future.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to interest‑sensitive financial instruments in our investment portfolio and our revolving credit facility. Given that our $150 million credit facility is specifically earmarked for limited short‑term borrowings to support U.S. brokerage clearing operations, the impact of any adverse change in interest rates on this facility should not be material. Similarly, because our term debt is all fixed rate, we would not be impacted by any adverse change in interest rates. Interest‑sensitive financial instruments in our investment portfolio will decline in value if interest rates increase. Our interest‑bearing investment portfolio primarily consists of short‑term, high‑credit‑quality money market mutual funds. The aggregate fair market value of our portfolio including restricted cash was $270.0 million and $260.8 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Our interest‑bearing investments are not insured and, because of the short‑term high quality nature of the investments, are not likely to fluctuate significantly in market value.

Foreign Currency Risk

We currently operate and continue to expand globally, principally through our operations in Canada, Europe and Asia Pacific as well as through the development of specially tailored versions of our services to meet the needs of our clients who trade in international markets. Our investments and development activities in these countries expose us to currency exchange rate fluctuations primarily between the U.S. Dollar and the British Pound Sterling, Euro, Swiss Franc, Scandinavian currencies, Australian Dollar, Canadian Dollar, Japanese Yen and Hong Kong Dollar. When the U.S. Dollar strengthens against these currencies, the U.S. Dollar value of non‑U.S. Dollar‑based profits decreases. To the extent that our international activities recorded in local currencies increase in the future, our exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates will correspondingly increase. We have not engaged in derivative financial instruments as a means of hedging this financial statement risk. Non‑U.S. Dollar cash balances held overseas are generally kept at levels necessary to meet current operating and capitalization needs.

Approximately 51% and 45% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were denominated in non‑U.S. Dollar currencies. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, we estimate that a hypothetical 10% adverse change in the above mentioned foreign exchange rates would have resulted in a decrease in net income of $7.2 million and $6.8 million, respectively.

Equity Price Risk

Equity price risk results from exposure to changes in the prices of equity securities on positions held due to trading errors, including client errors and our own errors, and from limited principal trading activities in Canada. Equity price risk can arise from liquidating all such principal positions. Accordingly, we maintain policies and procedures regarding the management of our principal trading accounts, which require review by a supervisory principal. It is our

48


 

Table of Contents

policy to attempt to trade out of all positions by the end of the day. However, at times, we hold positions overnight if we are unable to trade out of positions during the day. In addition, certain positions may be liquidated over a period of time in an effort to minimize market impact, and we may incur losses relating to such positions. We may also have positions in ETFs with offsetting positions in the underlying securities as part of an ETF creation and redemption service that we provide to clients.

We manage equity price risk associated with open positions through the establishment and monitoring of trading policies and through controls and review procedures that ensure communication and timely resolution of trading issues. In addition, our operations and trading departments review all trades that are open at the end of the day.

Cash Management Risk

Our cash management strategy seeks to optimize excess liquid assets by preserving principal, maintaining liquidity to satisfy capital requirements, minimizing risk and maximizing our after‑tax rate of return. Our policy is to invest in high quality credit issuers, limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer and invest in tax efficient strategies. Our first priority is to reduce the risk of principal loss. We seek to preserve our invested funds by limiting default risk, market risk, and re‑investment risk. We attempt to mitigate default risk by investing principally in money market mutual funds.

For working capital purposes, we invest only in money market instruments. Cash balances that are not needed for normal operations may be invested in a tax efficient manner in instruments with appropriate maturities and levels of risk to correspond to expected liquidity needs. To the extent that we invest in equity securities, we ensure portfolio liquidity by investing in marketable mutual fund securities with active secondary or resale markets. We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, our unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and mutual fund securities owned were $288.9 million and $280.3 million, respectively.

49


 

Table of Contents

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

 

50


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Investment Technology Group, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively, the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)(“PCAOB”), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 28, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities law and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


/s/ KPMG LLP



 


 


 

 

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1993.

New York, New York
February 28, 2018

51


 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

287,452

 

$

277,977

 

Cash restricted or segregated under regulations and other

 

 

18,599

 

 

40,353

 

Deposits with clearing organizations

 

 

57,388

 

 

62,556

 

Securities owned, at fair value

 

 

1,559

 

 

2,557

 

Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

 

 

193,907

 

 

152,294

 

Receivables from customers

 

 

74,695

 

 

54,486

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

53,960

 

 

59,333

 

Capitalized software, net

 

 

41,259

 

 

38,606

 

Goodwill

 

 

11,054

 

 

10,102

 

Intangibles, net

 

 

14,040

 

 

15,390

 

Income taxes receivable

 

 

3,917

 

 

873

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

4,902

 

 

38,688

 

Other assets

 

 

22,124

 

 

22,070

 

Total assets

 

$

784,856

 

$

775,285

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

166,495

 

$

174,343

 

Short-term bank loans

 

 

101,422

 

 

72,150

 

Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

 

 

119,278

 

 

100,188

 

Payables to customers

 

 

23,568

 

 

12,272

 

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

 

 

 1

 

 

249

 

Income taxes payable

 

 

6,003

 

 

4,552

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

1,750

 

 

 —

 

Term debt

 

 

3,104

 

 

6,367

 

Total liabilities

 

 

421,621

 

 

370,121

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 52,639,823 and 52,456,165 shares issued at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively

 

 

526

 

 

525

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

250,216

 

 

248,748

 

Retained earnings

 

 

486,957

 

 

536,350

 

Common stock held in treasury, at cost; 20,038,809 and 19,830,032 shares at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively

 

 

(353,067)

 

 

(346,482)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (net of tax)

 

 

(21,397)

 

 

(33,977)

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

363,235

 

 

405,164

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

784,856

 

$

775,285

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

52


 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Revenues:

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Commissions and fees

 

$

399,691

 

$

376,463

 

$

405,679

 

Recurring

 

 

75,911

 

 

81,916

 

 

107,184

 

Other

 

 

8,092

 

 

10,673

 

 

121,940

 

Total revenues

 

 

483,694

 

 

469,052

 

 

634,803

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and employee benefits

 

 

184,716

 

 

188,886

 

 

209,323

 

Transaction processing

 

 

100,747

 

 

90,271

 

 

91,492

 

Occupancy and equipment

 

 

68,563

 

 

56,189

 

 

57,495

 

Telecommunications and data processing services

 

 

48,477

 

 

56,643

 

 

51,523

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

 —

 

 

9,620

 

 

 —

 

Other general and administrative

 

 

72,641

 

 

108,466

 

 

101,915

 

Interest expense

 

 

2,025

 

 

2,217

 

 

1,829

 

Total expenses

 

 

477,169

 

 

512,292

 

 

513,577

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

6,525

 

 

(43,240)

 

 

121,226

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

45,965

 

 

(17,322)

 

 

29,656

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(39,440)

 

$

(25,918)

 

$

91,570

 

(Loss) income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(1.19)

 

$

(0.79)

 

$

2.70

 

Diluted

 

$

(1.19)

 

$

(0.79)

 

$

2.63

 

Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding

 

 

33,009

 

 

32,906

 

 

33,907

 

Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding

 

 

33,009

 

 

32,906

 

 

34,815

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

53


 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(39,440)

 

$

(25,918)

 

$

91,570

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

12,580

 

 

(14,482)

 

 

(13,601)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) 

 

 

12,580

 

 

(14,482)

 

 

(13,601)

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

 

$

(26,860)

 

$

(40,400)

 

$

77,969

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

54


 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Common

    

Accumulated

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

Stock

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

Preferred

 

Common

 

Paid-in

 

Retained

 

Held in

 

Comprehensive

 

Stockholders’

 

 

 

Stock

 

Stock

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Treasury

 

Income/(Loss)

 

Equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

$

 —

 

$

522

 

$

240,135

 

$

487,462

 

$

(306,629)

 

$

(5,894)

 

$

415,596

 

Net income

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

91,570

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

91,570

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(13,601)

 

 

(13,601)

 

Issuance of common stock in connection with employee stock option exercises (39,002 net shares) and for restricted stock unit awards (1,159,047 shares), including a net excess tax benefit of $2.1 million

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(20,299)

 

 

 —

 

 

20,621

 

 

 —

 

 

322

 

Issuance of common stock for the employee stock purchase plan (70,924 shares)

 

 

 —

 

 

 1

 

 

1,166

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,167

 

Purchase of common stock for treasury (1,992,831 shares)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(42,046)

 

 

 —

 

 

(42,046)

 

Dividends declared on common stock

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 2

 

 

(7,406)

 

 

109

 

 

 —

 

 

(7,295)

 

Shares withheld for net settlements of share-based awards (418,135 shares)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(8,978)

 

 

 —

 

 

(8,978)

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

18,086

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

18,086

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

 —

 

$

523

 

$

239,090

 

$

571,626

 

$

(336,923)

 

$

(19,495)

 

$

454,821

 

Net loss

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(25,918)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(25,918)

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(14,482)

 

 

(14,482)

 

Issuance of common stock in connection with director stock option exercises (24,498 net settled shares) and for restricted stock unit awards (1,133,183 shares), including a net excess tax benefit of $0.2 million

 

 

 —

 

 

 1

 

 

(16,600)

 

 

 —

 

 

19,237

 

 

 —

 

 

2,638

 

Issuance of common stock for the employee stock purchase plan (95,981 shares)

 

 

 —

 

 

 1

 

 

1,320

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,321

 

Shares withheld for net settlements of share-based awards (391,195 shares)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,795)

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,795)

 

Purchase of common stock for treasury (1,336,132 shares)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(22,112)

 

 

 —

 

 

(22,112)

 

Dividends declared on common stock

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 4

 

 

(9,358)

 

 

111

 

 

 —

 

 

(9,243)

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

24,934

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

24,934

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

$

 —

 

$

525

 

$

248,748

 

$

536,350

 

$

(346,482)

 

$

(33,977)

 

$

405,164

 

Net loss

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(39,440)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(39,440)

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

12,580

 

 

12,580

 

Issuance of common stock in connection with restricted stock unit awards (1,311,239 shares)

 

 

 —

 

 

 1

 

 

(20,749)

 

 

 —

 

 

21,026

 

 

 —

 

 

278

 

Issuance of common stock for the employee stock purchase plan (74,551 shares)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,098

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,098

 

Shares withheld for net settlements of share-based awards (531,346 shares)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(10,779)

 

 

 —

 

 

(10,779)

 

Purchase of common stock for treasury (885,285 shares)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(16,933)

 

 

 —

 

 

(16,933)

 

Dividends declared on common stock

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

15

 

 

(9,310)

 

 

101

 

 

 —

 

 

(9,194)

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

20,238

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

20,238

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

866

 

 

(643)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

223

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

$

 —

 

$

526

 

$

250,216

 

$

486,957

 

$

(353,067)

 

$

(21,397)

 

$

363,235

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

 

 

55


 

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(39,440)

 

$

(25,918)

 

$

91,570

 

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on sale of investment research operations

 

 

 —

 

 

(21)

 

 

(107,699)

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

45,153

 

 

43,523

 

 

44,151

 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

33,826

 

 

(15,755)

 

 

12,912

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

375

 

 

67

 

 

496

 

Non-cash share-based compensation

 

 

20,238

 

 

25,620

 

 

16,667

 

Leasehold asset write-off

 

 

7,492

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Other intangible asset impairment

 

 

325

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash restricted or segregated under regulations and other

 

 

22,334

 

 

(3,048)

 

 

55

 

Deposits with clearing organizations

 

 

8,661

 

 

1,420

 

 

(1,113)

 

Securities owned, at fair value

 

 

1,004

 

 

3,048

 

 

5,973

 

Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

 

 

(26,701)

 

 

871,317

 

 

(404,818)

 

Receivables from customers

 

 

(11,832)

 

 

(11,738)

 

 

53,909

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

(11,292)

 

 

13,034

 

 

(18,978)

 

Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

 

 

7,658

 

 

(853,923)

 

 

366,462

 

Payables to customers

 

 

7,907

 

 

2,681

 

 

(775)

 

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

 

 

(247)

 

 

(2,397)

 

 

(5,102)

 

Income taxes receivable/payable

 

 

2,892

 

 

(11,889)

 

 

1,710

 

Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements

 

 

 —

 

 

(880)

 

 

(2,982)

 

Other, net

 

 

(339)

 

 

(59)

 

 

(3,692)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

68,014

 

 

35,082

 

 

48,746

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of investment research operations, net of deal costs

 

 

 —

 

 

6,125

 

 

111,240

 

Capital purchases

 

 

(19,402)

 

 

(21,315)

 

 

(11,905)

 

Capitalization of software development costs

 

 

(27,782)

 

 

(24,617)

 

 

(26,003)

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

 

(47,184)

 

 

(39,807)

 

 

73,332

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayments of long term debt

 

 

(3,963)

 

 

(6,200)

 

 

(8,820)

 

Proceeds from (repayments of) borrowing under short-term bank loans

 

 

29,272

 

 

(9,784)

 

 

3,573

 

Debt issuance costs

 

 

(762)

 

 

(810)

 

 

 —

 

Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements

 

 

 —

 

 

880

 

 

2,982

 

Common stock issued

 

 

1,376

 

 

3,743

 

 

1,742

 

Common stock repurchased

 

 

(16,933)

 

 

(22,112)

 

 

(42,046)

 

Dividends paid

 

 

(9,156)

 

 

(9,124)

 

 

(7,030)

 

Shares withheld for net settlements of share-based awards

 

 

(10,779)

 

 

(6,795)

 

 

(8,978)

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(10,945)

 

 

(50,202)

 

 

(58,577)

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(410)

 

 

2,251

 

 

(8,058)

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

9,475

 

 

(52,676)

 

 

55,443

 

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

 

 

277,977

 

 

330,653

 

 

275,210

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

 

$

287,452

 

$

277,977

 

$

330,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

4,960

 

$

6,116

 

$

3,607

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

10,515

 

$

9,880

 

$

15,098

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures funded by financing from seller

 

$

400

 

$

 —

 

$

3,606

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

56


 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1)          Organization and Basis of Presentation

Investment Technology Group, Inc. (the “Company” or “ITG”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on July 22, 1983. Its principal subsidiaries include: (1) ITG Inc., AlterNet Securities, Inc. (“AlterNet”) and ITG Derivatives LLC (through February 16, 2018) (“ITG Derivatives”), institutional broker-dealers in the United States (“U.S.”), (2) ITG Canada Corp., an institutional broker-dealer in Canada, (3) Investment Technology Group Limited, an institutional broker-dealer in Europe, (4) ITG Australia Limited, an institutional broker-dealer in Australia, (5) ITG Hong Kong Limited, an institutional broker-dealer in Hong Kong, (6) ITG Software Solutions, Inc., the Company’s intangible property, software development and maintenance subsidiary in the U.S., and (7) ITG Solutions Network, Inc., a holding company for ITG Analytics, Inc., a provider of pre- and post-trade analysis, fair value and trade optimization services, and ITG Platforms Inc., a provider of workflow technology solutions and network connectivity services for the financial community.

ITG is a global financial technology company that helps leading brokers and asset managers improve returns for investors around the world. ITG empowers traders to reduce the end-to-end cost of implementing investments via liquidity, execution, analytics and workflow technology solutions. ITG has offices in Asia Pacific, Europe and North America and offers execution services in more than 50 countries.

The Company’s business is organized into four reportable operating segments: U.S. Operations, Canadian Operations, European Operations and Asia Pacific Operations (see Note 22, Segment Reporting ).

The four operating segments offer a wide range of solutions for asset managers and broker‑dealers in the areas of execution services, workflow technology and analytics. These offerings include trade execution services and solutions for portfolio management, as well as pre‑trade analytics and post‑trade analytics and processing.

Regional segment results exclude the impact of Corporate activity, which is presented separately and includes investment income from treasury activity, certain non-operating revenues and other gains as well as costs not associated with operating the businesses within the Company’s regional segments.  These costs include, among others, (a) the costs of being a public company, such as certain staff costs, a portion of external audit fees, and reporting, filing and listing costs, (b) intangible asset amortization, (c) interest expense, (d) professional fees associated with the Company's global transfer pricing structure, (e) foreign exchange gains or losses and (f) certain non-operating expenses.

The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”). All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for the fair presentation of the financial statements.

 

(2)          Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements represent the consolidation of the accounts of ITG and its subsidiaries in conformity with U.S. GAAP. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments in unconsolidated companies (generally 20 to 50 percent ownership), in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence but neither has a controlling interest nor is the primary beneficiary, are accounted for under the equity method. Investments in entities in which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under the cost method. Under certain criteria indicated in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810, Consolidation , a partially‑owned affiliate would be consolidated as a variable interest entity when it has less than a 50% ownership if the Company was the primary beneficiary of that entity. At the present time, there are no interests in variable interest entities.

57


 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Transactions in securities, commissions and fees and related expenses are recorded on a trade date basis. Commissions and fees are derived primarily from (1) commissions charged for trade execution services, (2) income generated from net executions, whereby equity orders are filled at different prices within or at the National Best Bid and Offer and (3) commission sharing arrangements.

Recurring revenues are derived from the following primary sources: (1) connectivity fees, (2) software and analytical products and services and (3) maintenance and customer technical support for the Company’s order management system. Prior to the Company’s divestitures of its investment research operations in May 2016 and December 2015, recurring revenues included subscriptions for these services.

Substantially all of the Company’s recurring revenue arrangements do not require significant modification or customization of the underlying software. Accordingly, the vast majority of software revenue is recognized pursuant to the requirements of ASC 985, Software . Specifically, revenue recognition from subscriptions, maintenance, customer technical support and professional services commences when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of a legally binding arrangement with a customer exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) the fee is deemed fixed or determinable and free of contingencies or significant uncertainties and (4) collection is probable. Where software is provided under a hosting arrangement, revenue is accounted for as a service arrangement since the customer does not have the contractual right to take possession of the software at any time during the hosting period without significant penalty (or it is not feasible for the customer to run the software on either its own hardware or third party hardware).

Subscription agreements for software products generally include provisions that, among other things, allow customers to receive unspecified future software upgrades for no additional fee, as well as the right to use the software products with maintenance for the term of the agreement, typically one to three years. Under these agreements, once all four of the above noted revenue recognition criteria are met, revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription agreement. If a subscription agreement includes an acceptance provision, revenue is not recognized until the earlier of the receipt of written acceptance from the customer or, if not notified by the customer to cancel the license agreement, the expiration of the acceptance period.

Revenues for analytical products sold on a subscription basis are recognized when services are rendered provided that persuasive evidence of a legally binding arrangement exists, the fees are fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

Other revenues include: (1) the net spread on foreign exchange transactions executed on a principal basis to facilitate equity trades by clients in different currencies, as well as on other foreign exchange transactions unrelated to equity trading, (2) non-recurring consulting services, such as one-time implementation and customer training related activities (3) investment income from treasury activity, (4) interest income on securities borrowed in connection with customers’ settlement activities, (5) market gains/losses resulting from temporary positions in securities assumed in the normal course of agency trading (including trade errors and client trade accommodations), (6) non-recurring gains and losses such as divestitures, (7) fees earned for clearing securities transactions on behalf of other broker-dealers, (8) income from principal trading in Canada, including within the Company’s closed arbitrage trading desk (for historical periods up until April 2016) and (9) the net interest spread earned on securities borrowed and loaned transactions within the Company’s closed U.S. matched-book securities lending operations (for historical periods up until June 2016).

Revenues from professional services, which are sold as a multiple‑element arrangement with the implementation of software, are deferred until go‑live (or acceptance, if applicable) of the software and recognized in the same manner as the subscription over the remaining term of the initial contract. Professional services that are not connected with the implementation of software are recognized on a time and material basis as incurred.

58


 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

All of the Company’s financial instruments are carried at fair value or amounts approximating fair value. Cash and cash equivalents, securities owned and securities sold, not yet purchased and certain payables are carried at market value or fair value.

Securities Transactions

Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations include amounts receivable for fails to deliver, cash deposits for securities borrowed, the net amounts receivable on open transactions from clearing organizations and non-U.S. broker-dealers and billed amounts for commissions and fees and balance transfers on client commission arrangements, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations include amounts payable for fails to receive, securities loaned and execution cost payables. Receivables from customers consist of fails to deliver, the net amounts receivable on open transactions from non-U.S. customers, as well as billed amounts for commissions and fees, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Payables to customers primarily consist of fails to receive. Commissions and fees and related expenses for all securities transactions are recorded on a trade date basis.

Securities owned, at fair value consist of common stock and mutual funds. Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value consist of common stock. Marketable securities owned are valued using market quotes from third parties. Unrealized gains and losses are included in other revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Securities Borrowed and Loaned

Securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions are reported as collateralized financings. Securities borrowed transactions require the Company to deposit cash, letters of credit, or other collateral with the lender. With respect to securities loaned, the Company receives collateral in the form of cash or other collateral in amounts generally in excess of the fair value of securities loaned. The Company monitors the fair value of securities borrowed and loaned on a daily basis, with additional collateral obtained or refunded as necessary. Securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received, adjusted for additional collateral advanced or received.

The Company currently engages in securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions solely as part of its clearing process primarily to facilitate customer transactions, including for shortened or extended settlement activities and for failed settlements. On these transactions, interest income for securities borrowed is recorded in other revenue while interest expense from securities loaned is recorded in transaction processing expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Client Commission Arrangements

Institutional customers are permitted to allocate a portion of their gross commissions to pay for research products and other services provided by third parties and the Company’s subsidiaries. The amounts allocated for those purposes are commonly referred to as client commission arrangements. The cost of independent research and directed brokerage arrangements is accounted for on an accrual basis. Commission revenue is recorded when earned on a trade date basis. Payments relating to client commission arrangements are netted against the commission revenues. Research receivable, including prepaid research on behalf of customers and balance transfers due from other broker‑dealers, net of an allowance is included in receivables from customers and receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, while accrued research payable is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

59


 

Client commissions allocated for research and related research receivable and accrued research payable balances for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows (dollars in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Client commissions allocated for research

 

$

96.3

 

$

100.7

 

$

110.9

 

Research receivable, gross

 

$

5.3

 

$

3.0

 

$

3.5

 

Allowance for research receivable

 

 

(0.1)

 

 

(0.1)

 

 

(0.1)

 

Research receivable, net of allowance

 

$

5.2

 

$

2.9

 

$

3.4

 

Accrued research payable

 

$

51.3

 

$

45.8

 

$

46.3

 

Capitalized Software

Software development costs are capitalized when the technological feasibility of a product has been established. Technological feasibility is established when all planning, designing, coding and testing activities have been devised to ensure that the product can be produced to meet its design specifications, including functions, features, and technical performance requirements. All costs incurred to establish technological feasibility are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are amortized using the straight‑line method over a three‑year period beginning when the product is available for general release to customers.

Research and Development

All research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs, which are primarily included in other general and administrative expenses and compensation and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, were approximately $32.8 million, $31.8 million and $29.2 million, excluding routine maintenance, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Business Combinations, Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their fair values on the date of acquisition. The cost to be allocated in a business combination includes consideration paid to the sellers, including cash and the fair values of assets distributed and the fair values of liabilities assumed. Both direct (e.g., legal and professional fees) and indirect costs of the business combination are expensed as incurred. Certain agreements to acquire entities include potential additional consideration that is payable, contingent on the acquired company maintaining or achieving specified earnings levels in future periods. The fair value of any contingent consideration is recognized on the acquisition date with subsequent changes in that fair value reflected in the results of operations. The consolidated financial statements and results of operations reflect an acquired business from the date of acquisition.

An intangible asset is recognized as an asset apart from goodwill if it arises from contractual or other legal rights or if it is separable (i.e., capable of being separated or divided from the acquired entity and sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged). Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of each acquired entity over the amounts assigned to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

The judgments that are made in determining the estimated fair value assigned to each class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as asset lives, can materially impact net income in periods following a business combination. Traditional approaches used to determine fair value include the income, cost and market approaches. The income approach presumes that the value of an asset can be estimated by the net economic benefit to be received over the life of the asset, discounted to present value. The cost approach presumes that an investor would pay no more for an asset than its replacement or reproduction cost. The market approach estimates value based on what other participants in the market have paid for reasonably similar assets. Although each valuation approach is considered in valuing the assets acquired, the approach or combination of approaches ultimately selected is based on the characteristics of the asset and the availability of information.

Any goodwill is assessed no less than annually for impairment.  The guidance for goodwill impairment testing allows an entity to assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount or to proceed directly to performing the two-step impairment test.  The fair values used in the Company’s two-step impairment testing are determined by the discounted cash flow method (an income approach) and where appropriate, a

60


 

combination of the discounted cash flow method and the guideline company method (a market approach). An impairment loss is indicated if the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its net book value. In such a case, the impairment loss is calculated as the amount by which the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. In determining the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units, the discounted cash flow analyses employed require significant assumptions and estimates about the future operations of each reporting unit. Significant judgments inherent in these analyses include the determination of appropriate discount rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and growth rates. The cash flows employed in the Company’s discounted cash flow analyses are based on financial budgets and forecasts developed internally by management. The Company’s discount rate assumptions are based on a determination of its required rate of return on equity capital.

Other intangibles with definite lives are amortized over their useful lives. All other intangibles are assessed at least annually for impairment. If impairment is indicated, an impairment loss is calculated as the amount by which the carrying value of an intangible asset exceeds its estimated fair value.

Premises and Equipment

Furniture, fixtures and equipment are carried at cost and are depreciated using the straight‑line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets (generally three to seven years). Leasehold improvements are carried at cost and are amortized using the straight‑line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the related assets or the non‑cancelable lease term.

Impairment of Long‑Lived Assets

Long‑lived assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Determination of recoverability is generally based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition, as well as specific appraisal in certain instances. Measurement of an impairment loss for long‑lived assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the fair value of the asset as estimated using a cash flow model. Long‑lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Contingencies and Uncertainties

The Company may be subject to losses that arise from litigation, mediation, arbitration, regulatory proceedings and various contingencies and uncertainties. Liabilities are recognized when a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. An uncertain tax position is recognized based on the determination of whether or not a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based upon the technical merits of the position. If this recognition threshold is met, the tax benefit is then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities

Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on a revenue producing transaction between the Company and its customers, including but not limited to sales, use, value added and some excise taxes are presented in the consolidated financial statements on a net basis (excluded from revenues).

61


 

Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per share is determined by dividing earnings by the average number of shares of common stock outstanding, while diluted earnings per share is determined by dividing earnings by the average number of shares of common stock adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents by application of the treasury stock method. Common stock equivalents are excluded from the diluted calculation if their effect is anti-dilutive.

Share‑based Compensation

Share‑based compensation expense requires measurement of compensation cost for share‑based awards at fair value and recognition of compensation cost over the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting schedules that only have service conditions, the Company recognizes compensation cost evenly over the requisite service period for the entire award using the straight‑line attribution method. For awards with service conditions as well as performance or market conditions, the Company recognizes compensation cost on a straight‑line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in‑substance, multiple awards.

The fair value of stock options granted is estimated using the Black‑Scholes option‑pricing model, which considers, among other factors, the expected term of the award and the expected volatility of the Company’s stock price. Although the Black‑Scholes model meets the requirements of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation , the fair values generated by the model may not be indicative of the actual fair values of the underlying awards, as it does not consider other factors important to those share‑based compensation awards, such as continued employment, periodic vesting requirements and limited transferability.

The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected option life is based on historical experience of employee exercise behavior. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility, implied volatility, price observations taken at regular intervals and other factors deemed appropriate. Expected dividend is based upon the current dividend rate.

The fair value of restricted stock unit awards is based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date.

Certain restricted stock unit awards granted have both service and market conditions. Awards with market conditions are valued based on (a) the grant date fair value of the award for equity-based awards or (b) the period-end fair value for liability-based awards. Grant date fair value for market condition based awards is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model to simulate a range of possible future stock prices for the Company’s common stock. Compensation costs for awards with market conditions are recognized for each separately vesting portion of the award over the estimated service period calculated by the Monte Carlo simulation model. For restricted stock unit awards with a performance condition, fair value is estimated throughout the life of the award based on the probability of achieving the performance condition.

Excess tax benefits (which represent the excess of actual tax benefits received at the date of vesting or settlement over the benefits recognized over the vesting period or upon issuance of share-based payments) and tax deficiencies (which represent the amount by which actual tax benefits received at the date of vesting or settlement is lower than the benefits recognized over the vesting period or upon issuance of share-based payments) are recorded in the income statement as an increase or decrease in income taxes when the awards vest or are settled.

Cash flows related to income tax deductions, if any, in excess of the compensation cost recognized on share‑based awards exercised or vested during the period presented (excess tax benefit) were classified in financing cash flows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows through December 31, 2016. As of January 1, 2017, due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting ,  excess tax benefits, along with other income tax cash flows, are recorded as an operating activity in the statement of cash flows rather than, as previously required, a financing activity. For more information on the impact of this standard to the consolidated financial statements, see “ Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” below.

Phantom stock awards are settled in cash and are therefore classified as liability awards. The fair value of the liability is remeasured at each reporting date until final settlement using the fair value of the Company’s common stock on that date. At December 31, 2017, the Company did not have any phantom awards outstanding, as the Company

62


 

discontinued granting phantom share awards effective January 1, 2015 and the last awards outstanding vested on February 22, 2016.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. currencies are translated at rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange during the fiscal year. Gains or losses on translation of the financial statements of a foreign operation, where the functional currency is other than the U.S. Dollar, together with the after-tax effect of exchange rate changes on intercompany transactions of a long-term investment nature, are reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. Gains or losses on foreign currency transactions are included in other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Common Stock Held in Treasury, at Cost

The purchase of treasury stock is accounted for under the cost method with the shares of stock repurchased reflected as a reduction to stockholders’ equity and included in common stock held in treasury, at cost, in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. When treasury shares are reissued, they are recorded at the average cost of the treasury shares acquired. The Company held 20.0 million and 19.8 million shares of common stock in treasury as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 2014‑09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . This standard created ASC 606, providing companies with a single five step revenue recognition model for use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes current revenue recognition guidance, including industry‑specific revenue guidance. The core principle of the model is to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. It also requires significant additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures describing the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows arising from contracts with customers, along with detailed information regarding the nature of the Company’s performance obligations and contracts and the timing of recognition and payment, among other items. ASC 606 is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 606, using the modified retrospective transition method applied to all contracts as of January 1, 2018. 

 

The Company has identified two key accounting changes that will affect the timing of revenue recognition upon adoption relating to bundled commission arrangements and fees for licenses of functional intellectual property.  The financial impact of these accounting changes includes (1) a deferral of revenues primarily generated in the first half of the year for commissions attributable to analytics products under bundled arrangements that will be recognized over the course of the year as the performance obligations for those analytics products are satisfied and (2) an acceleration of license fee revenues to the delivery date for software provided for a specified period.  These changes only relate to the timing of when revenue is recognized and have no effect on the underlying transaction price of the products and services the Company performs.

 

Upon adoption, the Company recorded a net cumulative-effect decrease to opening retained earnings of approximately $ 0.04 million as of January 1, 2018, which is primarily related to:

(i)

the deferral of commissions allocated to analytics products in bundled commission arrangements where the analytics services have not yet been transferred to the customer as of December 31, 2017 but whose commissions were appropriately recognized in the previous year under the superseded revenue recognition guidance, and

(ii)

the acceleration of revenue for certain product license fees associated with the licenses of functional intellectual property recognized at the point in time the customer is able to use and benefit from the license instead of being appropriately recognized over the license period under the superseded revenue recognition guidance.

63


 

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting .  The amendments in this ASU clarify which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award must be accounted for as modifications.  The new guidance allows entities to make non-substantive changes to awards without accounting for them as modifications, which results in fewer changes to the terms of an award being accounted for as modifications and reduces diversity in practice when applying modification accounting.  ASU 2017-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those annual periods.  This new guidance was adopted on January 1, 2018 and did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash. The amendments in this ASU   require that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash. Amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016‑18 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. This new guidance was adopted on January 1, 2018 and did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15,  Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments . The amendments in this ASU provide specific guidance for eight specific cash flow classification issues, with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows under Topic 230,  Statement of Cash Flows . These amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. This new guidance was adopted on January 1, 2018 and had no impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09,  Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting,  which changes the accounting for certain aspects of share-based payments to employees. The new guidance requires, among its other provisions, that excess tax benefits (which represent the excess of actual tax benefits received at the date of vesting or settlement over the benefits recognized over the vesting period or upon issuance of share-based payments) and tax deficiencies (which represent the amount by which actual tax benefits received at the date of vesting or settlement is lower than the benefits recognized over the vesting period or upon issuance of share-based payments) be recorded in the statement of operations as an increase or decrease in income tax expense (benefit) when the awards vest or are settled. This is in contrast to the prior requirement that these excess tax benefits be recognized in additional paid-in capital and these tax deficiencies be recognized either as an offset to accumulated excess tax benefits, if any, or in the statement of operations. The new guidance also requires excess tax benefits to be classified along with other income tax cash flows as an operating activity in the statement of cash flows rather than, as previously required, a financing activity. The new guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and as such was implemented on January 1, 2017.

As a result of this adoption, the Company:

·

Recognized net excess tax benefits of $1.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, which is included in income tax benefit in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

·

Elected to adopt the cash flow presentation of the excess tax benefits prospectively during the year ended December 31, 2017, where these benefits are classified along with other income tax cash flows as an operating activity in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

·

Elected to account for forfeitures as they occur rather than under the previous method of estimating the number of stock-based awards expected to vest in order to determine the amount of compensation cost to be recognized in each period. This resulted in an adjustment for the cumulative effect of this accounting change as of January 1, 2017 to reduce retained earnings by $0.6 million and to increase deferred tax assets and additional paid-in capital by $0.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

·

Did not change its policy on statutory withholding requirements. Amounts paid by the Company to taxing authorities when directly withholding shares associated with employees’ income tax

64


 

withholding obligations are classified as a financing activity in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

·

Excluded the excess tax benefits from the assumed proceeds available to repurchase shares in the computation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2017.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03,  Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs , which changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements. ASU 2015-03 requires an entity to present such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. Amortization of the costs will continue to be reported as interest expense. The new standard was adopted on January 1, 2016 and did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

 

(3)          Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, various methods are used including market, income and cost approaches. Based on these approaches, certain assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability are used, including assumptions about risk and/or the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market‑corroborated, or generally unobservable firm inputs. Valuation techniques that are used maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Based on the observability of the inputs used in the valuation techniques, fair value measured financial instruments are categorized according to the fair value hierarchy prescribed by ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . The fair value hierarchy ranks the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

*

Level 1: Fair value measurements using unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

*

Level 2: Fair value measurements using correlation with (directly or indirectly) observable market‑based inputs, unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data, or quoted prices in markets that are not active.

*

Level 3: Fair value measurements using inputs that are significant and not readily observable in the market.

Level 1 consists of financial instruments whose value is based on quoted market prices such as exchange‑traded mutual funds and listed equities.

Level 2 includes financial instruments that are valued based upon observable market‑based inputs.

Level 3 is comprised of financial instruments whose fair value is estimated based on internally developed models or methodologies utilizing significant inputs that are generally less readily observable.

Fair value measurements for those items measured on a recurring basis are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

    

Total

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities owned, at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate stocks - trading securities

 

$

78

 

$

78

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Mutual funds

 

 

1,481

 

 

1,481

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

$

1,559

 

$

1,559

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate stocks - trading securities

 

 

 1

 

 

 1

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

$

 1

 

$

 1

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

 

 

65


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

    

Total

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities owned, at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate stocks - trading securities

 

$

244

 

$

244

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Mutual funds

 

 

2,313

 

 

2,313

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

$

2,557

 

$

2,557

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate stocks - trading securities

 

 

249

 

 

249

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

$

249

 

$

249

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents other than bank deposits are measured at fair value and primarily include money market mutual funds.

Securities owned, at fair value and securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value include corporate stocks, equity index mutual funds and bond mutual funds, all of which are exchange traded.

Certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities are carried at contracted amounts that approximate fair value. Assets and liabilities that are recorded at contracted amounts approximating fair value consist primarily of receivables from and payables to brokers, dealers, clearing organizations and customers. These receivables and payables to brokers, dealers, clearing organizations and customers are short-term in nature and, following December 31, 2017, substantially all have settled at the contracted amounts.

The Company believes the carrying amounts of its term-debt obligations at December 31, 2017 and 2016 approximate fair value because the interest rates on these instruments change with, or approximate, market interest rates.

 

(4)           Divestitures and Acquisitions

Formation of Derivatives Venture

 

In September 2017, the Company signed a definitive agreement with Option Technology Solutions LLC (“OpTech”) to form Matrix Holdings Group (“Matrix”), a newly established derivatives execution and technology business focused on sell-side clients, professional traders and select hedge funds. The transaction closed and the venture launched in February 2018 following the receipt of required regulatory approvals and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions (see Note 24, Subsequent Events ).

 

At closing, the Company contributed the ITG Derivatives entity, including its broker-dealer license and professional trader client base with revenues of $5.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, along with certain derivatives-focused software and technology for an initial minority stake of approximately 20%. OpTech contributed the management team, a retail-focused trading and analytics platform and capital.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company deemed the remaining value of a customer intangible asset recorded in ITG Derivatives of $0.3 million fully impaired and incurred legal fees related to the establishment of the Matrix derivatives venture of $0.8 million. 

 

The Company determined that the contribution of ITG Derivatives did not meet the requirements to be treated as a discontinued operation. As such, the results of ITG Derivatives through the closing date of the venture will be included in continued operations on the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the U.S. Operations segment.

 

ITG Investment Research, LLC

 

On May 27, 2016, the Company completed the sale of ITG Investment Research, LLC (“Investment Research”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, to a wholly owned subsidiary of Leucadia National Corporation for $12 million in cash consideration.

 

Upon completion of the sale, the Company recorded a pre-tax gain of approximately $21,000 and an after-tax gain of approximately $50,000. The pre-tax gain is recorded in other revenue on the Consolidated Statements of

66


 

Operations as of December 31, 2016. The pre-tax gain is net of direct costs to sell Investment Research, including professional fees, cash compensation and the acceleration of previously issued restricted stock unit awards.

 

The following table summarizes the components of the pre-tax gain (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash proceeds from sale

    

$

12,000

 

Carrying value of net assets disposed

 

 

(7,502)

 

Direct selling costs

 

 

(4,477)

 

Pre-tax gain on sale

 

$

21

 

 

As a result of this divestiture, the Company reduced the headcount within its U.S. single stock sales trading operation.  For more information, see Note 5, Restructuring Charges .  

The Company determined that the sale of Investment Research did not meet the requirements to be treated as a discontinued operation. As such, the results of Investment Research through the sale completion date of May 27, 2016 are included in continued operations on the Consolidated Statements of Operations, primarily in the U.S. Operations segment. 

Energy Research Operations

On December 22, 2015, the Company completed the sale of the subsidiaries conducting its energy research operations to an affiliate of Warburg Pincus (“Buyer”), pursuant to an agreement dated November 5, 2015. Upon closing of the sale, the Buyer paid the Company $120.5 million in cash consideration. As part of this transaction, the Company agreed to distribute energy research to its institutional clients, serving as the exclusive sales partner for institutional investors for at least two years. Per an amendment, this distribution agreement was terminated as of December 31, 2016.

The Company recorded a pre-tax gain upon completion of the sale of $107.7 million and an after-tax gain of $91.4 million. The pre-tax gain is recorded in other revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. The pre-tax gain is net of a working capital adjustment on the closing balance sheet and direct costs to sell the energy research business, including professional fees, cash compensation, the acceleration of previously-issued deferred stock awards and $0.2 million of currency translation losses reclassified to the results of operations.

The following table summarizes the components of the pre-tax gain (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Cash proceeds from sale

    

$

120,500

 

Working capital adjustment

 

 

(1,615)

 

Carrying value of net assets disposed

 

 

(3,025)

 

Direct selling costs

 

 

(8,161)

 

Pre-tax gain on sale

 

$

107,699

 

 

The Company determined that the sale of the energy research operations did not meet the requirements to be treated as a discontinued operation. As such, the results of the energy research operations through the sale date of December 22, 2015 are included in continued operations on the Consolidated Statements of Operations, primarily in the U.S. Operations segment.

 

(5)          Restructuring Charges

2016 Restructuring

 

As part of an end-to-end review of its business, the Company determined that its strategy is to increasingly focus its resources on its core capabilities in liquidity, execution, analytics and workflow technology solutions. To that end, in 2016, the Company implemented restructuring plans that (i) reduced headcount in its single stock sales trading and sales organizations, (ii) closed its U.S. matched-book securities lending operations and its Canadian arbitrage trading

67


 

desk and (iii) identified additional annual cost savings from management delayering and the elimination of certain positions. 

 

Activity and liability balances recorded as part of the restructuring plan through December 31, 2017 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

$

3,157

 

Utilized—cash (primarily severance related)

 

 

(3,119)

 

Accrual adjustment

 

 

(58)

 

Currency translation

 

 

26

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

$

 6

 

 

 

The payment of the remaining accrued costs is expected to continue through the first quarter of 2018.

 

 

(6)          Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill

The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill held entirely within the Company’s European Operations segment for the year ended December 31, 2017 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

    

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

11,933

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

(1,831)

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

$

10,102

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

952

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

$

11,054

 

 

Other Intangible Assets

Acquired other intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2017 and 2016 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Gross Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Useful   Lives

 

 

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

(Years)

 

Trade name

    

$

8,529

    

$

 —

    

$

8,518

    

$

 —

    

 —

 

Customer-related intangibles

 

 

10,217

 

 

6,219

 

 

10,358

 

 

5,584

 

16.9

 

Proprietary software

 

 

23,321

 

 

22,197

 

 

23,165

 

 

21,456

 

8.4

 

Trading rights

 

 

339

 

 

 —

 

 

339

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Other

 

 

50

 

 

 —

 

 

50

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Total

 

$

42,456

 

$

28,416

 

$

42,430

 

$

27,040

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017, indefinite‑lived intangibles not subject to amortization amounted to $8.9 million, of which $8.4 million related to the POSIT trade name.

Amortization expense for definite‑lived intangibles was $1.3 million, $1.9 million and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These amounts are included in other general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

During the third quarter of 2017, the Company deemed the remaining value of a customer intangible asset recorded in ITG Derivatives of $0.3 million fully impaired.  During the year ended December 31, 2016, no intangibles

68


 

were deemed impaired, and accordingly, no adjustment was required. In May 2016, the Company disposed of $6.7 million of customer-related intangibles, net of accumulated amortization as a result of the sale of Investment Research (see Note 4, Divestitures and Acquisitions ).

The Company’s estimate of future amortization expense for acquired other intangibles that exist at December 31, 2017 and 2016 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Estimated

 

Year

 

Amortization

 

2018

 

$

1,017

 

2019

 

 

865

 

2020

 

 

653

 

2021

 

 

571

 

2022

 

 

571

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,447

 

Total

 

$

5,124

 

 

The following table represents the changes in the carrying amount of net intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

24,611

 

Amortization

 

 

(1,852)

 

Divestiture of energy research operations

 

 

(6,684)

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

(685)

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

$

15,390

 

Amortization

 

 

(1,276)

 

Impairment charge

 

 

(325)

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

251

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

$

14,040

 

 

 

 

(7)          Cash Restricted or Segregated Under Regulations and Other

Cash restricted or segregated under regulations and other represents (i) a special reserve bank account for the exclusive benefit of customers (“Special Reserve Bank Account”) maintained by ITG Inc. in accordance with Rule 15c3-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Customer Protection Rule”), or agreements for proprietary accounts of broker dealers (“PABs”), (ii) funds on deposit for Canadian and European trade clearing and settlement activity, (iii) segregated balances under a collateral account control agreement for the benefit of certain customers, and (iv) funds relating to the securitization of bank guarantees supporting the Company’s Australian and French leases.

 

(8)          Securities Owned and Sold, Not Yet Purchased

The following is a summary of securities owned and securities sold, not yet purchased (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities Sold, Not Yet

 

 

 

Securities Owned

 

Purchased

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2017

 

2016

 

Corporate stocks - trading securities

    

$

78

    

$

244

    

$

 1

    

$

249

 

Mutual funds

 

 

1,481

 

 

2,313

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

$

1,559

 

$

2,557

 

$

 1

 

$

249

 

 

Trading securities owned and sold, not yet purchased primarily consists of temporary positions obtained in the normal course of agency trading activities, including positions held in connection with the creation and redemption of exchange‑traded funds on behalf of clients.

69


 

(9)          Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following components (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(423)

 

$

(9,918)

 

$

5,731

 

State

 

 

1,072

 

 

(624)

 

 

(1,645)

 

Foreign

 

 

11,490

 

 

8,975

 

 

12,647

 

 

 

 

12,139

 

 

(1,567)

 

 

16,733

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

25,797

 

 

(12,687)

 

 

13,665

 

State

 

 

7,694

 

 

(2,217)

 

 

2,570

 

Foreign

 

 

335

 

 

(851)

 

 

(3,312)

 

 

 

 

33,826

 

 

(15,755)

 

 

12,923

 

Total

 

$

45,965

 

$

(17,322)

 

$

29,656

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

U.S.

 

$

(56,465)

 

$

(81,579)

 

$

51,797

 

Foreign

 

 

62,990

 

 

38,339

 

 

69,429

 

Total

 

$

6,525

 

$

(43,240)

 

$

121,226

 

 

The components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

 

$

5,912

 

$

9,715

 

Net operating loss and capital loss carryover

 

 

18,974

 

 

19,755

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

5,092

 

 

6,824

 

Research and development credits

 

 

7,438

 

 

7,550

 

Foreign tax credits

 

 

11,117

 

 

12,660

 

Tax benefits on uncertain tax positions

 

 

831

 

 

1,351

 

Goodwill and other intangibles

 

 

6,363

 

 

8,015

 

Depreciation

 

 

3,527

 

 

1,167

 

Capitalized software

 

 

383

 

 

 —

 

Rent

 

 

3,013

 

 

3,695

 

Other

 

 

700

 

 

1,564

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

63,350

 

 

72,296

 

Less: valuation allowance

 

 

(58,448)

 

 

(20,979)

 

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

 

 

4,902

 

 

51,317

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized software

 

 

 —

 

 

(12,174)

 

Indefinite life intangible

 

 

(1,695)

 

 

 —

 

Other

 

 

(55)

 

 

(455)

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(1,750)

 

 

(12,629)

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

3,152

 

$

38,688

 

 

Under ASC 740, Income Taxes , the Company regularly assesses the need for a valuation allowance against its deferred taxes. In making that assessment, both positive and negative evidence is considered related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets to determine, based on the weight of available evidence, whether it is more-likely than not that some or all of its deferred tax assets will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considered its cumulative pre-tax loss in the U.S. jurisdiction over the previous three years as a significant piece of negative evidence. Prevailing accounting guidance limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence to support deferred tax assets, such as projections of future profits, when objective verifiable evidence such as a cumulative loss exists. As a result, the Company recorded a full valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets in the third

70


 

quarter 2017, resulting in a non-cash charge of $48.1 million, which included $42.3 million related to deferred tax assets that existed at June 30, 2017.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act”) was enacted on December 22, 2017, and introduced significant changes to U.S, income tax law. Effective in 2018, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act reduces the U.S. statutory corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% and creates new taxes on certain foreign-sourced earnings and certain related party payments, which are referred to as the global intangible low-taxed income tax (“GILTI”) and the base erosion tax, respectively. In addition, under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, in 2017 the Company was subject to the mandatory inclusion in U.S. taxable income of all accumulated foreign subsidiary earnings not previously subject to U.S. tax. The mandatory inclusion did not result in any incremental U.S. tax expense in 2017 due to the impact of a U.S. tax loss in the current year and the utilization of foreign tax credits. 

Due to the timing of the enactment and the complexity involved in applying the provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the Company has made reasonable estimates of the effects and recorded provisional amounts in the 2017 consolidated financial statements. As the Company collects and prepares necessary data and interprets the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and any additional guidance issued by the U.S. Treasury Department, the IRS, and other standard-setting bodies, additional adjustments to the provisional amounts may be made. Information needed to adjust provisional amounts include the completion of all international 2017 tax returns. These additional adjustments may materially impact the provision for income taxes and effective tax rate in the period in which the adjustments are made. We expect the final accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act to be completed in 2018.

At December 31, 2017, the valuation allowance on U.S. deferred taxes was reduced to $37.7 million primarily from the realization of deferred tax assets following a tax method change and the reduction to gross deferred tax assets to incorporate the impact of the lower U.S. corporate tax rate under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The remaining valuation allowance at December 31, 2017 relates to certain U.S. state credits and losses and a full valuation allowance on deferred tax assets held in the Asia Pacific entities, including loss carryforwards. The $4.9 million balance for deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance, at December 31, 2017 relates to temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases in Europe and Canada. The Company has foreign tax credit carryforwards of $11.1 million that begin to expire in 2024 and research and development tax credits of $7.4 million that begin to expire in 2032.

Net operating loss carryforwards expire as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Amount

    

Years remaining

 

Hong Kong and Australia

 

$

76,375

 

Indefinite

 

State and local (United States)

 

 

36,111

 

13 - 20 years

 

 

 

$

112,486

 

 

 

 

The effective tax rate varied from the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate due to the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

 

35.0

%  

35.0

%  

35.0

%

State and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal income tax effect

 

0.6

 

5.2

 

0.4

 

Foreign tax impact, net

 

(81.8)

 

6.2

 

(7.2)

 

Deemed dividend on changes to internal capital structure outside North America (1)

 

 —

 

 —

 

5.4

 

Valuation allowance

 

585.8

 

 —

 

 —

 

Tax impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

 

149.2

 

 —

 

 —

 

Stock windfall/shortfall

 

(13.5)

 

 —

 

 —

 

Impact of deductible basis on the sale of energy research business

 

 —

 

 —

 

(14.8)

 

Reserves released upon tax settlement

 

 —

 

18.6

 

 —

 

Non-deductible costs (2)

 

21.3

 

(22.8)

 

6.1

 

Other, net

 

7.9

 

(2.1)

 

(0.4)

 

Effective income tax rate

 

704.5

%  

40.1

%  

24.5

%


(1)

Reflects the impact of the tax on a deemed dividend from changes to the internal capital structure of the Company's operations outside of North America.

 

71


 

(2)

Includes the impact of the non-deductible payments in 2015 and charges accrued in 2016 payable to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) (see Note 21, Commitments and Contingencies ). Additionally, 2017 and 2016 includes non-deductible officer’s compensation.

Under U.S. GAAP, the Company is allowed to make an accounting policy choice of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when incurred (the “period cost method”) or (2) factoring such amounts into the Company’s measurement of its deferred taxes (the “deferred method”). The Company’s selection of an accounting policy with respect to the new GILTI tax rules will depend, in part, on its ongoing evaluation of its global income to determine whether it expects to have future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI and, if so, what the impact is expected to be .  

 

Tax Uncertainties

Under ASC 740, Income Taxes , a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Uncertain Tax Benefits

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Balance, January 1

 

$

7,356

 

$

15,553

 

$

14,395

 

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

 

 

591

 

 

66

 

 

2,807

 

Additions based on tax positions of prior years

 

 

 4

 

 

406

 

 

349

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

(13)

 

 

 —

 

 

(36)

 

Reductions due to settlements with taxing authorities

 

 

(64)

 

 

(2,153)

 

 

(1,773)

 

Reductions due to expiration of statute of limitations

 

 

(181)

 

 

(6,516)

 

 

(189)

 

Balance, December 31

 

$

7,693

 

$

7,356

 

$

15,553

 

 

The unrecognized tax benefits were $7.7 million and $7.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2017 and 2016. At December 31, 2017, $4.5 million of the unrecognized tax benefits was netted against fully reserved U.S. deferred tax assets.

With limited exception, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, local or foreign income tax audits by taxing authorities for years preceding 2011. The Internal Revenue Service is currently examining the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for 2011 through 2012. Certain foreign state and local returns are also currently under various stages of audit for the tax years 2013 through 2014. The Company does not anticipate a significant change to the total of unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

At December 31, 2017, interest expense of $2.1 million was accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits. As a continuing policy, interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits is recorded as income tax expense. During 2017, the Company recognized net reductions of $0.1 million of tax-related interest expense.  During 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized a net reduction of $2.5 million and a net addition of $0.1 million, respectively, of tax-related interest expense. Tax penalties of $0.1 million were recorded during 2017. No penalties were recorded in 2016 or 2015.

 

72


 

(10)        Receivables and Payables

Receivables from, and Payables to, Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations

The following is a summary of receivables from, and payables to, brokers, dealers and clearing organizations at December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables from

 

Payables to

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2017

    

2016

 

Broker-dealers

 

$

189,817

 

$

147,116

 

$

105,022

 

$

56,894

 

Clearing organizations

 

 

708

 

 

5,117

 

 

10,011

 

 

8,096

 

Securities borrowed

 

 

4,246

 

 

374

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Securities loaned

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4,245

 

 

35,198

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(864)

 

 

(313)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

$

193,907

 

$

152,294

 

$

119,278

 

$

100,188

 

 

Receivables from, and Payables to, Customers

The following is a summary of receivables from, and payables to, customers at December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables from

 

Payables to

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2017

    

2016

 

Customers

 

$

75,062

 

$

55,006

 

$

23,568

 

$

12,272

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(367)

 

 

(520)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Net

 

$

74,695

 

$

54,486

 

$

23,568

 

$

12,272

 

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an estimate of the amount of potential credit losses in existing accounts receivable, as determined from a review of past due balances, historical collection experience and other specific account data. Account balances are written off against the allowance when it is determined that the receivable is uncollectible. The allowance was increased by $0.4 million in 2017 and $0.1 million in 2016.

Securities Borrowed and Loaned

In 2016, the Company closed its U.S. matched-book securities lending operations.  At December 31, 2017, the only remaining balances for securities borrowed and securities loaned related to customer settlement activities. 

The gross amounts of interest earned on cash provided to counterparties as collateral for securities borrowed, and interest incurred on cash received from counterparties as collateral for securities loaned within the U.S. matched-book operations prior to the wind-down of all balances, and the resulting net amount included in other revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for 2016 and 2015 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

    

2015

 

Interest earned

 

 

$

1,961

 

$

5,512

 

Interest incurred

 

 

 

(1,132)

 

 

(3,720)

 

Net

 

 

$

829

 

$

1,792

 

 

Deposits paid for securities borrowed and deposits received for securities loaned are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received. Deposits paid for securities borrowed transactions require the Company to deposit cash with the lender. With respect to deposits received for securities loaned, the Company receives collateral in the form of cash in an amount generally in excess of the market value of the securities loaned. The Company monitors the market

73


 

value of the securities borrowed and loaned on a daily basis, with additional collateral obtained or refunded, as necessary.

The Company’s securities borrowing and lending is generally done under industry standard agreements (“Master Securities Lending Agreements”) that may allow, following an event of default by either party, the prompt close-out of all transactions (including the liquidation of securities held) and the offsetting of obligations to return cash or securities, as the case may be, by the non‑defaulting party. Events of default under the Master Securities Lending Agreements generally include, subject to certain conditions: (a) failure to timely deliver cash or securities as required under the transaction, (b) a party’s insolvency, bankruptcy, or similar proceeding, (c) breach of representation, and (d) a material breach of the agreement. The counterparty that receives the securities in these transactions generally has unrestricted access in its use of the securities. For financial statement purposes, the Company does not offset securities borrowed and securities loaned.

The following table summarizes the transactions under certain Master Securities Lending Agreements that may be eligible for offsetting if an event of default occurred and a right of offset was legally enforceable (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

Gross Amounts

    

Net Amounts

    

Collateral

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offset in the

 

Presented in the

 

Received or

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts of

 

Consolidated

 

Consolidated

 

Pledged

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized Assets/

 

Statement of

 

Statement of

 

(including

 

Net

 

 

 

(Liabilities)

 

Financial Condition

 

Financial Condition

 

 Cash)

 

Amount

 

As of December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits paid for securities borrowed

 

$

4,246

 

$

 —

 

$

4,246

 

$

4,246

 

$

 —

 

Deposits received for securities loaned

 

 

(4,245)

 

 

 —

 

 

(4,245)

 

 

(4,229)

 

 

(16)

 

As of December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits paid for securities borrowed

 

$

374

 

$

 —

 

$

374

 

$

374

 

$

 —

 

Deposits received for securities loaned

 

 

(35,198)

 

 

 —

 

 

(35,198)

 

 

(34,245)

 

 

(953)

 

 

In accordance with ASU 2014-11, Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures, the gross obligations of deposits received for securities loaned was $4.2 million and $34.3 million for equity securities at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  The remaining contractual maturities of these agreements were overnight and continuous.

 

(11)        Premises and Equipment

The following is a summary of premises and equipment at December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

$

149,366

 

$

157,770

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

45,543

 

 

52,440

 

 

 

 

194,909

 

 

210,210

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

140,949

 

 

150,877

 

Total

 

$

53,960

 

$

59,333

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense relating to premises and equipment amounted to $18.3 million, $16.5 million and $16.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and are included in occupancy and equipment expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During 2017, premises and equipment costs and related accumulated depreciation and amortization were reduced by $30.6 million and $10.2 million, respectively, for assets that are no longer in use. During 2017, the Company also wrote off leasehold assets of $7.5 million, net of accumulated depreciation, related to consolidation of its New York headquarters from three floors to two floors.

74


 

(12)        Capitalized Software

The following is a summary of capitalized software costs at December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

 

Capitalized software costs

 

$

86,316

 

$

82,877

 

Less: accumulated amortization

 

 

45,057

 

 

44,271

 

Total

 

$

41,259

 

$

38,606

 

 

Software costs totaling $27.8 million and $24.6 million were capitalized in 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to the continued development of new features and functionalities across the entire ITG product line. During 2017, capitalized software costs and related accumulated amortization were each reduced by $25.0 million for fully amortized costs.

Other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations included $25.6 million, $25.1 million and $24.6 million related to the amortization of capitalized software costs in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no capitalized software costs not subject to amortization.

 

(13)        Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

The following is a summary of accounts payable and accrued expenses at December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

Accrued research payables

 

$

51,275

 

$

45,826

 

Accrued compensation and benefits

 

 

37,911

 

 

34,526

 

Accrued settlement costs

 

 

 —

 

 

24,450

 

Accrued rent

 

 

14,821

 

 

19,061

 

Trade payables

 

 

20,820

 

 

14,474

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

8,057

 

 

7,643

 

Deferred compensation

 

 

2,525

 

 

3,262

 

Accrued restructuring

 

 

 6

 

 

3,157

 

Accrued transaction processing

 

 

3,257

 

 

3,230

 

Other

 

 

27,823

 

 

18,714

 

Total

 

$

166,495

 

$

174,343

 

 

 

(14)        Borrowings

Short-term Bank Loans

The Company’s international securities clearing and settlement activities are funded with operating cash or with short-term bank loans in the form of overdraft facilities.  At December 31, 2017, there was $101.4 million outstanding under these facilities at a weighted average interest rate of approximately 2.33% associated with international settlement activities.

In the U.S., securities clearing and settlement activities are funded with operating cash, securities loaned or with short-term bank loans under the Credit Agreement described below.

ITG Inc., as borrower, and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (the “Parent Company”), as guarantor, maintained a $150 million 364‑day revolving credit agreement (the “2017 Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of banks and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent that matured in January 2018. The purpose of this credit line was to provide liquidity for the Company’s U.S. brokerage operations to satisfy clearing margin requirements and to finance temporary positions from delivery failures or non-standard settlements. As a result, the Parent Company had additional flexibility with its existing cash and future cash flows from operations, including to selectively invest in growth initiatives and to return capital to stockholders. Depending on the borrowing base, availability under the 2017 Credit Agreement was limited to either (i) a percentage of the clearing deposit required by the National Securities Clearing Corporation, or (ii) a percentage of the market value of temporary positions pledged as collateral. Under the

75


 

2017 Credit Agreement, interest accrued at a rate equal to (a) a base rate, determined by reference to the federal funds rate plus (b) a margin of 2.50%. Available but unborrowed amounts under the 2017 Credit Agreement were subject to an unused commitment fee of 0.75%. Among other restrictions, the terms of the 2017 Credit Agreement included (a) negative covenants related to liens, (b) financial covenant requirements for maintaining a consolidated leverage ratio (as defined) and a liquidity ratio (as defined), as well as requirements for maintaining minimum levels of tangible net worth (as defined) and regulatory capital (as defined), and (c) restrictions on investments, dispositions and other restrictions customary for financings of this type.

The events of default under the 2017 Credit Agreement included, among others, payment defaults, cross defaults with certain other indebtedness, breaches of covenants, loss of collateral, judgments, and changes in control and bankruptcy events. In the event of non-payment, the 2017 Credit Agreement required ITG Inc. to pay incremental interest at the rate of 2.0%. In the event of a default and depending on the nature thereof, the commitments would either automatically terminate and all unpaid amounts immediately become due and payable, or the lenders may in their discretion terminate their commitments and declare due all unpaid amounts outstanding.

On January 26, 2018, ITG Inc., as borrower, and Parent Company, as guarantor, entered into a new $150 million 364-day revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of banks and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent expiring on January 25, 2019 with essentially the same terms as the 2017 Credit Agreement (see Note 24, Subsequent Events ). 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no amounts outstanding under the Company’s credit agreements.

Term Debt

At December 31, term debt is comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

 

 

 

2017

    

2016

 

Term loans

 

$

3,104

 

$

3,098

 

Obligations under capital lease

 

 

 —

 

 

3,269

 

Total

 

$

3,104

 

$

6,367

 

 

On December 21, 2017, the Company entered into a three year, $0.7 million note and security agreement with Hewlett-Packard Financial Services (“H-P Veritas Loan”), under which purchases of new software licenses and support were financed. The loan principal is payable in three installments of $239,996 in January 2018, and $229,994 in both January and March of 2019.  The loan does not accrue interest.

On December 30, 2015, the Company entered into a five year, $3.6 million note and security agreement with Hewlett-Packard Financial Services (“H-P Loan”), under which purchases of new server equipment, software license fees, maintenance fees and fees for other services were financed. The loan principal is payable in twenty quarterly installments of $195,000 beginning in April 2016 and accrues interest at 2.95%. The reductions to the principal balance applying the interest method to the required payments are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Aggregate

 

Year

 

Amount

 

2018

 

$

715

 

2019

 

 

737

 

2020

 

 

759

 

2021

 

 

193

 

 

 

$

2,404

 

 

On June 1, 2011, Parent Company as borrower, entered into a $25.5 million Master Loan and Security Agreement (the “Equipment Loan Agreement”) with Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC (“Bank of America”). The four‑year term loan established under this agreement (the “Equipment Loan”) was secured by a security interest in existing furniture, fixtures and equipment owned by the Parent Company and certain U.S. subsidiaries as of June 1, 2011. The Equipment Loan was payable in monthly principal installments of $530,600 through May 2015 and accrued interest at 3.0% plus the average one month London Interbank Offered Rate for dollar deposits.

76


 

Along with the Equipment Loan Agreement, Parent Company entered into a $5.0 million master lease facility with Bank of America (“Master Lease Agreement”), under which purchases of new equipment were financed. Each equipment lease under the Master Lease Agreement is structured as a capital lease and has a separate 48‑month term from its inception date, at the end of which Parent Company may purchase the underlying equipment for $1. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, all capital leases under this facility were fully paid.

On August 10, 2012, Parent Company entered into a $25.0 million master lease facility with BMO Harris Equipment Finance Company (“BMO”) to finance equipment and construction expenditures related to the build‑out of the Company’s new headquarters in lower Manhattan. The original amount borrowed of $21.2 million had a 3.39% fixed‑rate term financing structured as a capital lease with a 48‑month term that began upon the substantial completion of the build-out, at the end of which Parent Company may purchase the underlying assets for $1. At December 31, 2017, the loan outstanding under the BMO facility was fully paid.

Interest expense on the 2017 Credit Agreement, the Equipment Loan Agreement, the Master Lease Agreement and the BMO facility, including commitment fees and the amortization of debt issuance costs totaled $2.0 million, $2.2 million and $1.8 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

(15)        Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The components and allocated tax effects of other comprehensive income for the periods ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

$

(33,977)

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

12,580

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

$

(21,397)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

(19,495)

 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

 

 

(13,416)

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss (1)

 

 

(1,066)

 

Net current-period other comprehensive loss

 

 

(14,482)

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

$

(33,977)

 


(1)

In the third quarter of 2016, the Company substantially completed the liquidation of its investment in its Israel entity that ceased operations in December 2013. During the Company’s period of ownership and through December 2013, the Company had $1.1 million in accumulated foreign exchange translation gains as a component of equity, which have been reclassified during the year ended December 31, 2016 as a gain that reduced other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

Deferred taxes have not been provided on the cumulative undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries or the cumulative translation adjustment related to those investments since the Company was subject to a one-time inclusion in 2017 U.S. taxable income of all foreign earnings and profits not previously taxed in the U.S. pursuant to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

 

(16)        Net Capital Requirement

ITG Inc., AlterNet and ITG Derivatives are subject to the SEC’s Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3‑1), which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital. ITG Inc. has elected to use the alternative method permitted by Rule 15c3‑1, which requires that ITG Inc. maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of $1.0 million or 2% of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions, as defined. AlterNet and ITG Derivatives have elected to use the basic method permitted by Rule 15c3‑1, which requires that they each maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of 6 2 / 3 % of aggregate indebtedness or $100,000. Dividends or withdrawals of capital cannot be made if capital is needed to comply with regulatory requirements.

77


 

Net capital balances and the amounts in excess of required net capital at December 31, 2017 for the U.S. Operations are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Net Capital

    

Excess

 

U.S. Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITG Inc.

 

$

86,165

 

$

85,165

 

AlterNet

 

 

4,300

 

 

4,200

 

ITG Derivatives

 

 

579

 

 

479

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, ITG Inc. had $9.2 million of cash in a Special Reserve Bank Account for the benefit of customers under the Customer Protection Rule pursuant to SEC Rule 15c3‑3, Computation for Determination of Reserve Requirements and $2.5 million under PABs.

In addition, the Company’s Canadian, European and Asia Pacific Operations have subsidiaries with regulatory capital requirements. The regulatory net capital balances and amount of regulatory capital in excess of the minimum requirements applicable to each business at December 31, 2017, is summarized in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net   Capital

    

Excess

 

Canadian Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canada

 

$

24,450

 

$

24,050

 

European Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ireland

 

 

46,030

 

 

12,278

 

U.K.

 

 

2,036

 

 

1,025

 

Asia Pacific Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

27,008

 

 

17,591

 

Hong Kong

 

 

5,993

 

 

5,538

 

Singapore

 

 

1,121

 

 

1,047

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In the first quarter 2017, the Company migrated from self-clearing in Hong Kong to the use of a third-party clearer that settles trades executed in Hong Kong on behalf of ITG Australia Limited.  

 

During the second quarter of 2017, the Company received regulatory approval for a change in the method used to determine its capital requirements in Europe following an extensive review it initiated with its local regulator.

 

 

(17)        Stockholders’ Equity

The Company’s current policy, which is reviewed continually, is to retain earnings to finance the operations and expansion of its businesses as well as return capital to stockholders through share repurchases and dividends on common stock.

Stock Repurchase Program

To facilitate its stock repurchase program, designed to return value to stockholders and minimize dilution from stock issuances, the Company repurchases shares in the open market and through automatic share repurchase programs

78


 

under SEC Rule 10b5-1. The table below summarizes the Company’s share repurchases beginning January 1, 2015 under its Board of Directors’ authorizations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized

 

Total

 

Remaining

 

Shares Repurchased

 

 

 

 

 

by Board

 

Shares

 

Under Board

 

Under Board

 

 

 

Expiration

 

(Shares in

 

Repurchased

 

Authorization

 

Authorization

 

Repurchase   Program Authorization Date

    

Date

    

millions)

    

(millions)

    

(millions)

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

May 2013

 

none

 

4.0

 

4.0

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

0.8

 

October 2014

 

none

 

4.0

 

3.4

 

0.6

 

 

0.9

 

 

1.3

 

 

1.2

 

Total shares repurchased under authorization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

1.3

 

 

2.0

 

Cost (millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

16.9

 

$

22.1

 

$

42.0

 

Average share price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

19.13

 

$

16.55

 

$

21.10

 

 

The Company also repurchased approximately 0.5 million, 0.4 million and 0.4 million shares of common stock from employees, respectively, during each of 2017, 2016 and 2015 to satisfy the minimum statutory employee withholding tax upon the net settlement of restricted stock unit awards. In February 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors increased the share repurchase authorization (see Note 24, Subsequent Events ).

Dividend Program

In 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors initiated a dividend program under which the Company began to pay quarterly dividends, subject to quarterly declarations by the Board of Directors. During 2017, the Board of Directors declared and the Company paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.07 per share totaling $9.2 million in the aggregate and issued stock dividends of $0.1 million.

 

(18)       Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearing houses that trade and clear, respectively, equities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with the Company’s membership, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchanges or the clearing house. While the rules governing different exchange or clearing house memberships vary, in general, the Company’s obligations would arise only if the exchanges and clearing houses had previously exhausted other remedies. The maximum potential payout under these memberships cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote. In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees obligations of subsidiaries which may arise from third-party clearing relationships and trading counterparties. The activities of the subsidiaries covered by these guarantees are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company is also subject to indemnification provisions within agreements with third-party clearing brokers in certain jurisdictions whereby the Company is obligated to reimburse the clearing broker, without limit, for losses incurred due to a counterparty’s failure to satisfy its contractual obligations.

 

The Company’s customer financing and securities settlement activities may require the Company to pledge customer securities as collateral in support of various secured financing transactions such as bank loans. In the event the financing counterparty is unable to meet its contractual obligation to return customer securities pledged as collateral, the Company may be exposed to the risk of acquiring the securities at prevailing market prices in order to satisfy its customer obligations. The Company controls this risk by monitoring the market value of securities pledged on a daily basis and by requiring adjustments of collateral levels in the event of excess market exposure.

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents, securities owned at fair value, receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and receivables from customers. Cash and cash equivalents and securities owned, at fair value are deposited with high credit quality financial institutions.

 

In connection with customer settlement activities, the Company loans securities temporarily to other brokers. The Company receives cash as collateral for the securities loaned. Increases in security prices may cause the market value of the securities loaned to exceed the amount of cash received as collateral. In the event the counterparty to these

79


 

transactions does not return the loaned securities, the Company may be exposed to the risk of acquiring the securities at prevailing market prices in order to satisfy its client obligations. The Company controls this risk by requiring credit approvals for counterparties, by monitoring the market value of securities loaned on a daily basis, and by requiring additional cash as collateral or returning collateral when necessary.

 

The Company also borrows securities temporarily from other brokers in connection with customer settlement activities. The Company deposits cash as collateral for the securities borrowed. Decreases in security prices may cause the market value of the securities borrowed to fall below the amount of cash deposited as collateral. In the event the counterparty to these transactions does not return collateral, the Company may be exposed to the risk of selling the securities at prevailing market prices. The Company controls this risk by requiring credit approvals for counterparties, by monitoring the collateral values on a daily basis, and by depositing additional collateral with counterparties or receiving cash when deemed necessary.

 

The Company may at times maintain inventories in equity securities on both a long and short basis. Whereas long inventory positions represent the Company’s ownership of securities, short inventory positions represent obligations of the Company to deliver specified securities at a contracted price, which may differ from market prices prevailing at the time of completion of the transaction. Accordingly, both long and short inventory positions may result in losses or gains to the Company as market values of securities fluctuate. To mitigate the risk of losses, long and short positions are marked to market daily and are continuously monitored by the Company.

 

(19)       Employee and Non‑Employee Director Stock and Benefit Plans

The 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “2007 Plan”) was approved by the Company’s stockholders and became effective on May 8, 2007 (the “Effective Date”) and was last amended and restated effective June 8, 2017. As of the Effective Date, the Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors’ Retainer Fee Subplan (the “Directors’ Retainer Fee Subplan”) and the Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors’ Equity Subplan (the “Directors’ Equity Subplan,” and collectively with the Directors’ Retainer Fee Subplan, the “Subplans”) were merged with and into the 2007 Plan. Since the Effective Date, the Subplans have continued to be, and shall continue to be, in effect as subplans of the 2007 Plan and grants and/or deferrals may continue to be made. In October 2008, the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors adopted the Equity Deferral Award Program, another subplan under the 2007 Plan. This subplan, last amended and restated on January 23, 2017, is now known as the Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan, and continues to be a subplan under the 2007 Plan (the “VCSUA Subplan”).

As of December 31, 2017, there were 3,123,105 shares of common stock remaining available for issuance under the 2007 Plan. Shares of common stock which are attributable to awards which have expired, terminated, cash settled or been canceled or forfeited during any calendar year are generally available for issuance or use in connection with future awards. Shares of common stock surrendered in payment of the exercise price of a stock option and shares withheld or surrendered for payment of taxes are not available for re-issuance under the 2007 Plan.  Options outstanding as of December 31, 2017 that have been granted under the 2007 Plan are exercisable on dates ranging through January 2024. The 2007 Plan will remain in effect until June 10, 2025, unless terminated, or extended, by the Board of Directors with the approval of the Company’s stockholders. After this date, no further awards shall be granted pursuant to the 2007 Plan, but previously‑granted awards will remain outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions.

In January 2006, the Board of Directors adopted the Directors’ Equity Subplan which became effective January 1, 2006 and merged into the 2007 Plan as referenced above. The Directors’ Equity Subplan was last amended and restated on January 23, 2017. The Directors’ Equity Subplan provides for the grant of restricted stock unit awards to non‑employee directors of the Company. Under the Directors’ Equity Subplan, a newly appointed non‑employee director will be granted restricted stock unit awards valued at $100,000 at, or shortly after, the time of appointment to the Board of Directors. Such initial restricted stock unit awards will vest annually in three equal installments, beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant so long as the director has continued to serve on the Board of Directors from the grant date to the applicable vesting date. In addition, non‑employee directors are granted restricted stock unit awards annually on the day of each of the Company’s annual meetings of stockholders at which directors are elected or reelected by the Company’s stockholders. The value of these annual restricted stock unit awards is determined by the Compensation Committee.  Currently, the value of restricted stock unit awards granted to the Chairman of the Board of Directors is $120,000 and the value of restricted stock unit awards granted to the other non-employee directors is $80,000. Such annual restricted stock unit awards vest in full on the day immediately preceding the Company’s next

80


 

annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected or reelected by the Company’s stockholders so long as the director has continued to serve on the Board of Directors from the grant date through the vesting date.

Under the 2007 Plan, the Company is permitted to grant time‑based stock options, in addition to performance-based option awards to employees and directors. In 2016, the Company granted time-based options for 196,851 shares to the Company’s new Chief Executive Officer.  These stock options have an eight-year term and vest annually in three equal installments, beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date, if the Chief Executive Officer remains continuously employed by the Company, and is in good standing on, each applicable vesting date. The Company did not grant any option awards under the 2007 Plan during 2015 or 2017. The Company recognizes share‑based compensation expense (see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies ) for time‑based option awards over the vesting period.

The tables below summarize the Company’s outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and changes during the years then ended:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Weighted

 

Options

 

Number of

 

Average

 

Outstanding

    

Shares

    

Exercise   Price

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

306,853

 

$

17.23

 

Granted

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Exercised

 

(71,455)

 

 

16.26

 

Forfeited

 

(192,733)

 

 

18.71

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

 

42,665

 

$

12.17

 

Granted

 

196,851

 

 

16.18

 

Exercised

 

(42,665)

 

 

12.17

 

Forfeited

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

196,851

 

$

16.18

 

Granted

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Exercised

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Forfeited

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

 

196,851

 

$

16.18

 

Amount exercisable at December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

65,630

 

$

16.18

 

2016

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

2015

 

42,665

 

$

12.17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

Options Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

Number

 

Contractual

 

Exercise

 

Number

 

Exercise

 

Exercise   Price

    

Outstanding

    

Life (Years)

    

Price

    

Exercisable

    

Price

 

$

16.18

    

196,851

    

6.04

    

$

16.18

    

65,630

    

$

16.18

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, related to outstanding stock options, which had no income tax benefit in 2017 and was offset by a related income tax benefit of $0.1 million in 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded no share-based compensation expense related to outstanding stock options.

There were 65,630 stock options currently exercisable at December 31, 2017. The weighted average remaining contractual term of stock options currently exercisable is 6.0 years.

All of the stock options outstanding at December 31, 2017 were time‑based.

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , the provision for income taxes excluded excess current tax benefits related to the exercise of stock options.  Effective January 1, 2017, all subsequent excess tax benefits and deficiencies are recognized in the statement of operations as an increase or decrease in income taxes when the awards vest or are settled .  See discussion in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.  During 2017, there were no exercises of stock options and therefore no corresponding current tax

81


 

benefits or deficiencies. During 2016, the exercise of 42,655 stock options gave rise to an excess current tax benefit of $0.1 million. During 2015, the exercise of 71,455 stock options gave rise to an excess current tax benefit of less than $0.1 million, however, this amount was offset by a tax shortfall on exercises and cancellations totaling $0.6 million.

The following table summarizes information about stock options at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ in thousands)

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised

    

$

 —

    

$

220

    

$

370

 

Weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during period, per share

 

 

 —

 

 

16.18

 

 

 —

 

Cash received from stock option exercises

 

$

 —

 

$

208

 

$

298

 

 

The total intrinsic value for outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2017 was $0.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, there was $0.3 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to outstanding stock options.  These costs are expected to be recognized ratably over a weighted average period of approximately 1.0 year.  

Under the 2007 Plan, the Company is permitted to grant restricted stock unit awards to employees. Generally, and except for awards granted under the VCSUA Subplan, restricted stock unit awards vest in one of the following manners: (a) one-third on the second anniversary of the grant date and two-thirds on the third anniversary of the grant date, (b) cliff vesting on the third anniversary of the grant date, (c) for new hire awards only, vesting terms that closely parallel the vesting terms of any awards that the new hire will forfeit upon joining the Company, except that no such new hire award or portion thereof shall vest prior to the one-year anniversary of the date of grant unless otherwise permitted by the 2007 Plan, or (d) serial vest on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant so long as the award recipient is employed on the applicable vesting date and the 90-day average of the Company’s common stock price preceding each of the vesting dates is greater than the 90-day average of the Company’s common stock price preceding the grant date (market-based restricted stock units). Accordingly, not all restricted stock units awarded will vest and be delivered. The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense (see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies ) over the vesting period.

Under the VCSUA Subplan, beginning in January 2017, each eligible participant was granted a number of basic stock units on the date the year-end variable compensation is communicated to participants equal to (i) the amount by which the participant’s variable compensation is reduced as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, divided by (ii) the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Prior to January 2017, the basic stock units were granted on the date the year-end cash bonus was paid to participants.  In addition, each participant is granted an additional number of matching stock units on the date of grant equal to 10% of the number of time-based or market-based basic stock units granted. Basic stock units under the VCSUA Subplan that are time-based typically vest in equal annual installments on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant, if the participant remains continuously employed by the Company, and is in good standing on, each applicable vesting date. Time-based matching stock units will vest 100% on the third anniversary of the date of grant, if the participant remains continuously employed by the Company through, and is in good standing on, such vesting date. Basic units under the VCSUA Subplan that are market-based (which were granted in February 2014 to members of senior management) vest in equal installments on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant so long as the award recipient is employed on the applicable vesting date and the 90‑day average of the Company’s common stock price preceding each of the vesting dates is greater than the 90‑day average of the Company’s common stock price preceding the grant date. Matching stock units on market-based awards will vest 100% on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant so long as the award recipient is employed on the applicable vesting date and the 90‑day average of the Company’s common stock price preceding the vesting date is greater than the 90‑day average of the Company’s common stock price preceding the grant date.

The Company has also issued to members of its senior management basic stock units under the VCSUA that vest in one of the following manners: (a) for awards granted in February 2015, in equal installments on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the date of grant based upon the level of the Company’s adjusted return-on-equity (“ROE”) achieved for each of the three fiscal years, respectively, that ends immediately prior to the applicable vesting date, (b) for awards granted in February 2016, in equal installments on each of the second and third anniversaries of the date of grant based upon the level of ROE achieved for each of the two fiscal years, respectively, that ends immediately prior to the applicable vesting date (each ROE-based restricted stock units) or (c) for awards granted in February 2017, between January 1, 2019 and February 5, 2019, the Compensation Committee will determine and certify the extent to

82


 

which the basic units have been earned, if at all, based on the levels of revenue and pre-tax margin achieved for the 2018 fiscal year, and such earned basic units shall be divided into two equal installments, with the first installment vesting on February 5, 2019 and the second installment vesting on February 5, 2020 (performance-based restricted stock units) . In addition to the performance criteria being achieved under each of these awards, the participant must remain continuously employed by the Company through, and be in good standing on, each applicable vesting date. The number of ROE-based restricted basic stock units awarded will be earned in each of the relevant performance periods if the target ROE is achieved at 100% and such number may increase or decrease if the actual ROE achieved is above or below the target ROE. In addition, certain senior employees have received matching ROE-based restricted stock units and such awards vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant based upon the average of the ROE achieved during the three-year period that ends immediately prior to the applicable vesting date. The number of matching ROE-based restricted stock units awarded will be earned if the target average ROE is achieved at 100% and such number may increase or decrease if the actual average ROE achieved is above or below the target average ROE. The number of performance-based restricted stock units earned is determined pursuant to a payout matrix established by the Committee that sets forth a range of payout percentages relative to the Company’s actual revenue and pre-tax margin results achieved for the 2018 fiscal year, with each performance metric weighted equally.  All vested stock units are settled in shares of ITG common stock within 30 days after the date on which such stock units vest.

During 2016, the Company granted two Inducement Awards in conjunction with the hiring of its new Chief Executive Officer, which replaced awards he forfeited at his former employer.  Under the first inducement award, the Chief Executive Officer was granted 135,353 restricted stock units that vest in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date.  Under the second inducement award, the Chief Executive Officer was granted 156,051 restricted stock units which vested on the following vesting dates: (i) 38% vested on January 31, 2016 and were subject to a 12-month holding requirement; (ii) 41% vested on January 31, 2017; and (iii) the remaining 21% vested on January 31, 2018.

 

The Company recorded share‑based compensation expense of $19.6 million, $24.9 million and $16.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, related to restricted stock unit awards which were offset by related income tax benefits of approximately $0.9 million, $8.9 million and $6.6 million, respectively.

A summary of the status of the Company’s restricted stock unit awards as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and changes during the years then ended are presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number   of 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underlying

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ROE-Based,

 

Number of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market-Based or

 

 Shares

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Performance-

 

underlying Time-

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Based Restricted

 

Based Restricted

 

Total Number of

 

Grant Date

 

 

    

Stock Units

    

Stock Units

    

Shares

    

Fair Value

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

438,022

 

2,221,206

 

2,659,228

 

$

13.51

 

Granted

 

263,766

 

1,932,425

 

2,196,191

 

 

18.79

 

Vested

 

(97,112)

 

(1,061,935)

 

(1,159,047)

 

 

13.49

 

Forfeited

 

(227,201)

 

(298,135)

 

(525,336)

 

 

16.10

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

 

377,475

 

2,793,561

 

3,171,036

 

$

16.75

 

Granted

 

228,895

 

1,437,021

 

1,665,916

 

 

16.16

 

Vested

 

(73,243)

 

(968,995)

 

(1,042,238)

 

 

16.06

 

Forfeited

 

(190,757)

 

(540,693)

 

(731,450)

 

 

16.88

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

342,370

 

2,720,894

 

3,063,264

 

$

16.63

 

Granted

 

140,796

 

1,118,596

 

1,259,392

 

 

19.81

 

Vested

 

(51,498)

 

(1,279,523)

 

(1,331,021)

 

 

16.60

 

Forfeited

 

(38,324)

 

(45,766)

 

(84,090)

 

 

18.99

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

 

393,344

 

2,514,201

 

2,907,545

 

$

18.10

 

At December 31, 2017, 45,065 of the outstanding awards were market‑based restricted stock units, 207,483 were ROE-based restricted stock units and 140,796 were performance-based restricted stock units.

83


 

On May 27, 2016, the Company sold Investment Research (See Note 4, Divestitures and Acquisitions ).  Upon the closing of the transaction, the Company accelerated the vesting of 226,802 restricted stock unit awards held by employees that were part of Investment Research and are included in the table above.  The cost to modify the vesting schedule of these shares resulted in an expense reversal of $0.7 million that is included as part of the gain in other revenues in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

On December 22, 2015, the Company sold its energy research operations.  Upon the closing of the transaction, the Company accelerated the vesting of 113,718 restricted stock unit awards held by employees that were part of the energy research business and are included in the table above.  The cost to modify the vesting schedule of these shares was $1.4 million and is included as a direct cost of the sale that reduced the gain included in other revenues in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

As of December 31, 2017, there was $25.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding restricted stock unit awards. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.3 years. During 2017, restricted stock unit awards with a fair value of approximately $21.9 million vested.

 

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , the provision for income taxes excluded excess current tax benefits related to the vesting of restricted share units.  Effective January 1, 2017 all subsequent excess tax benefits and deficiencies are recognized in the statement of operations. See discussion in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the excess tax benefits totaled $1.5 million and tax shortfalls (arising from cancellations or deficits due to the vest date fair market value being less than the grant date fair market value) were $0.1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the excess tax benefits totaled $0.8 million while tax shortfalls were $0.7 million. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the excess tax benefits totaled $2.9 million while tax shortfalls were $0.3 million. For the years 2016 and 2015, such tax benefits are reflected as an increase in additional paid-in capital while tax shortfalls arising from the tax deduction being less than the cumulative book compensation cost is reflected as a decrease in additional paid-in capital.

Under the 2007 Plan and the VCSUA Subplan, the Company is permitted to grant phantom share awards. Phantom share awards vest like any other award granted under the 2007 Plan and VCSUA Subplan as described above and are settled in cash. The Company recognizes share‑based compensation expense (see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies ) over the applicable vesting period. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded share‑based compensation expense of $0.1 million and $2.2 million, respectively, related to phantom share awards offset by related tax benefits of less than $0.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

A summary of the status of the Company’s phantom share awards as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and changes during the years then ended are presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Number   of

 

Grant Date

 

 

    

Shares

    

Fair Value

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

358,349

 

$

11.61

 

Granted

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Vested

 

(257,279)

 

 

11.58

 

Forfeited

 

(43,272)

 

 

10.99

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

 

57,798

 

$

12.24

 

Granted

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Vested

 

(57,798)

 

 

12.24

 

Forfeited

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

 

At December 31, 2016, there were no outstanding phantom share awards and none were granted in 2017.  The Company discontinued granting phantom share awards effective January 1, 2014 and the remaining awards outstanding vested on February 22, 2016.

84


 

ITG Employee and Non‑Employee Director Benefit Plans

All U.S. employees are eligible to participate in the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan (“RSP”). The RSP applies to all eligible compensation up to the Internal Revenue Service annual maximum which was $270,000 during 2017. Since January 1, 2012, the Company matching contribution applies to 50% of voluntary employee contributions, on a maximum of 4% of eligible compensation per year. The Company may still make discretionary contributions based on consolidated profits. Most of the Company’s international employees are eligible to participate in similar defined contribution plans. The costs for these benefits were approximately $4.3 million, $4.4 million, and $4.9 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and are included in compensation and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In November 1997, the Board of Directors approved the ITG Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), an employee stock purchase plan qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The ESPP became effective February 1, 1998 and allows all full‑time employees to purchase shares of ITG common stock at a 15% discount. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, the ESPP is compensatory. The Company recorded share‑based compensation expense related to the ESPP of $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

During 2017, each non‑employee director received a general Board retainer fee of $70,000, with the exception of the Chairman who received $105,000. Each non-employee director was also eligible to receive a Committee Chair retainer fee and Committee member retainer fee depending on their role on the Board’s Committees. Under the Directors’ Retainer Fee Subplan, which was adopted in 2002, these retainer fees are payable, at the election of each director, either in (i) cash, (ii) Company common stock with a value equal to the retainer fee on the grant date or (iii) under a deferred compensation plan which provides deferred share units with a value equal to the retainer fee on the grant date which convert to freely sellable shares when the director retires from the Board of Directors. Directors who chose common stock or deferred share units, in the aggregate, received 11,115 units or shares, 12,363 units or shares, and 13,846 units or shares in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. At December 31, 2017, there were 130,940 deferred share units outstanding, of which 20,485 shares were vested and deferred in 2017. The cost of the Directors’ Retainer Fee Subplan including share based awards and cash fees was approximately $0.8 million, $0.8 million, and $1.2 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and is included in other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

(20)        Earnings Per Share

The following is a reconciliation of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Net (loss) income for basic and diluted (loss) income per share

 

$

(39,440)

 

$

(25,918)

    

$

91,570

 

Shares of common stock and common stock equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average common shares used in basic computation

 

 

33,009

 

 

32,906

 

 

33,907

 

Effect of dilutive securities

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

908

 

Average common shares used in diluted computation

 

 

33,009

 

 

32,906

 

 

34,815

 

(Loss) income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(1.19)

 

$

(0.79)

 

$

2.70

 

Diluted

 

$

(1.19)

 

$

(0.79)

 

$

2.63

 

 

For 2017 and 2016, there were no anti-dilutive securities due to the fact that the Company incurred a loss during the year. At December 31, 2015, approximately 0.1 million share equivalents (based on the treasury stock method) were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effects would have been anti‑dilutive.

 

85


 

(21)       Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Matters

On January 12, 2017, the Company reached a final settlement with the SEC to resolve the SEC’s inquiry into ITG Inc.’s activity with respect to pre-released American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), substantially all of which related to ITG Inc.’s matched-book operations.  ITG Inc.’s activity in pre-released ADRs was discontinued in the fourth quarter of 2014, with all outstanding transactions completely wound down by the end of 2014.  According to the terms of the settlement, the Company paid an aggregate amount of $24.5 million in January 2017, which includes disgorgement of $15.1 million, prejudgment interest of $1.9 million and a civil monetary penalty of $7.5 million. The Company had fully reserved the $24.5 million as of December 31, 2016.

 

The Company is not a party to any pending legal proceedings other than claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business, except a putative class action lawsuit and a derivative action have been filed with respect to the Company and certain of its current and former directors and/or executives in connection with the Company’s announcement of the SEC matter described in the following paragraph (and other related actions could be filed).

 

On August 12, 2015, the Company reached a final settlement with the SEC in connection with the SEC’s investigation into a proprietary trading pilot operated within AlterNet for sixteen months in 2010 through mid-2011. The investigation was focused on customer disclosures, Form ATS regulatory filings and customer information controls relating to the pilot’s trading activity, which included (a) crossing against sell-side clients in POSIT and (b) violations of Company policy and procedures by a former employee. These violations principally involved information breaches for a period of several months in 2010 regarding sell-side parent orders flowing into ITG’s algorithms and executions by all customers in non-POSIT markets that were not otherwise available to ITG clients.  According to the terms of the settlement, the Company paid an aggregate amount of $20.3 million, representing a civil penalty of $18 million, disgorgement of approximately $2.1 million in trading revenues and prejudgment interest of approximately $0.25 million. 

 

In connection with the announcement of the SEC investigation regarding AlterNet, two putative class action lawsuits were filed with respect to the Company and certain of its current and former executives and have since been consolidated into a single action captioned  In re Investment Technology Group, Inc.   Securities Litigation  before the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint alleges, among other things, that the defendants made material misrepresentations or omitted to disclose material facts concerning, among other subjects, the matters that were the subject of the SEC settlement regarding AlterNet and the SEC investigation that led to the SEC settlement. The complaint seeks an unspecified amount of damages under the federal securities laws. On April 26, 2017, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint   and granted the plaintiff leave to file a motion to amend its complaint. On June 12, 2017, the plaintiff filed a motion to amend its complaint against certain of the individual defendants who were dismissed from the case in the court’s April opinion.

 

On November 27, 2015, a purported shareholder of the Company filed a shareholder derivative action captioned  Watterson v.   Gasser et al.  against eleven current or former officers and directors of the Company in the Supreme Court for the State of New York. The Company is named as a nominal defendant, and the plaintiff purports to seek recovery on its behalf. The complaint generally alleges that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the Company in connection with the matters that were the subject of the SEC settlement regarding AlterNet.

 

While the Company cannot predict the outcome of these lawsuits, the Company intends to defend them as appropriate. No reserve has been established for these lawsuits since the Company is unable to provide a reasonable estimate of any potential liability given the stage of such proceedings. The Company believes, based on information currently available, that the outcome of these lawsuits, individually or in the aggregate, will not likely have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position.  In light of the inherent uncertainties of such proceedings, an adverse outcome of one or more of such proceedings may have a material impact on the results of operations for any particular period.

 

In addition to the above proceedings, the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to, or involved in, investigations and other proceedings by government agencies and self-regulatory organizations, with respect to which the Company is cooperating. Such investigations and other proceedings may result in judgments, settlements, fines, disgorgements, penalties, injunctions or other relief.  Given the inherent uncertainties and the current stage of these

86


 

inquiries, and the Company’s ongoing reviews, the Company is unable to predict the outcome of these matters at this time.  

Lease Commitments

The Company has entered into lease and sublease agreements with third parties for certain offices and equipment, which expire at various dates through 2030. Rent expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $11.8 million, $12.7 million and $12.4 million, respectively, and is recorded in occupancy and equipment expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company recognizes rent expense for escalation clauses, rent holidays, leasehold improvement incentives and other concessions using the straight‑line method over the minimum lease term. Minimum future rental commitments under non‑cancelable operating leases follow (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Aggregate

 

Year Ending December 31,

    

Amount

 

2018

 

$

13,514

 

2019

 

 

13,542

 

2020

 

 

12,161

 

2021

 

 

11,559

 

2022

 

 

10,402

 

2023 and thereafter

 

 

60,301

 

Total

 

$

121,479

 

 

Other Commitments

Pursuant to employment arrangements, in the event of termination of employment without cause on December 31, 2017, the Company would be obligated to pay separation payments totaling $6.0 million.

Pursuant to contracts expiring through 2022, the Company is obligated to purchase market data, maintenance and other services totaling $63.6 million.

 

(22)        Segment Reporting

The Company is organized into four geographic operating segments through which the Company’s chief operating decision maker manages the Company’s business. The U.S., Canadian, European and Asia Pacific Operations segments provide the following categories of products and services:

·

Execution Services — includes (a) liquidity matching through POSIT, our Alternative Trading System (“ATS”), (b) self-directed trading using algorithms (including single stocks and portfolio lists) and smart routing, (c) portfolio trading and single stock sales trading desks providing execution expertise and (d) futures and options trading

 

·

Workflow Technology — includes trade order and execution management software applications in addition to network connectivity

 

·

Analytics — includes (a) tools enabling portfolio managers and traders to improve pre-trade, real-time and post-trade execution performance, (b) portfolio construction and optimization decisions and (c) securities valuation

 

The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies .  The Company allocates resources to, and evaluates the performance of, its reportable segments based on income or loss before income tax expense (benefit). Consistent with the Company’s resource allocation and operating performance evaluation approach, the effects of inter-segment activities are eliminated except in limited circumstances where certain technology related costs are allocated to a segment to support that segment’s revenue producing activities. Commissions and fees revenue for trade executions and commission share revenues are principally attributed to each segment based upon the location of execution of the related transaction except that commissions and fees for trade executions by Canadian clients in the U.S. market are attributed to the Canadian

87


 

Operations instead of the U.S. Operations. Recurring revenues are principally attributed based upon the location of the client using the respective service.

Regional segment results exclude the impact of Corporate activity, which is presented separately and includes investment income from treasury activity, certain non-operating revenues and other gains as well as costs not associated with operating the businesses within the Company’s regional segments.  These costs include, among others, (a) the costs of being a public company, such as certain staff costs, a portion of external audit fees, and reporting, filing and listing costs, (b) intangible asset amortization, (c) interest expense, (d) professional fees associated with the Company's global transfer pricing structure, (e) foreign exchange gains or losses and (f) certain non-operating expenses.

A summary of the segment financial information is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

U.S.

    

Canadian

    

European

    

Asia Pacific

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

Operations

    

Operations

    

Operations

    

Operations

    

Corporate

    

Consolidated

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

204,990

 

$

63,294

 

$

151,472

 

$

62,218

 

$

1,720

 

$

483,694

 

(Loss) income before income tax (benefit) expense (1) (2)

 

 

(24,473)

 

 

10,608

 

 

41,103

 

 

11,680

 

 

(32,393)

 

 

6,525

 

Identifiable assets

 

 

342,487

 

 

108,457

 

 

274,836

 

 

59,076

 

 

 —

 

 

784,856

 

Capital purchases

 

 

13,278

 

 

1,183

 

 

3,289

 

 

1,652

 

 

 —

 

 

19,402

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

33,307

 

 

2,420

 

 

6,094

 

 

1,994

 

 

1,338

 

 

45,153

 

Non-cash share-based compensation

 

 

9,543

 

 

2,390

 

 

5,267

 

 

959

 

 

2,079

 

 

20,238

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

229,655

 

$

61,822

 

$

125,945

 

$

47,919

 

$

3,711

 

$

469,052

 

(Loss) income before income tax expense (benefit) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

 

 

(11,133)

 

 

11,564

 

 

25,470

 

 

1,553

 

 

(70,694)

 

 

(43,240)

 

Identifiable assets

 

 

396,419

 

 

80,943

 

 

236,071

 

 

61,852

 

 

 —

 

 

775,285

 

Capital purchases

 

 

15,547

 

 

2,549

 

 

1,886

 

 

1,333

 

 

 —

 

 

21,315

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

32,896

 

 

2,402

 

 

6,741

 

 

1,484

 

 

 —

 

 

43,523

 

Non-cash share-based compensation

 

 

10,642

 

 

2,383

 

 

5,948

 

 

925

 

 

5,722

 

 

25,620

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

285,230

 

$

63,028

 

$

129,729

 

$

48,179

 

$

108,637

 

$

634,803

 

Income before income tax expense (9) (10) (11)

 

 

16,000

 

 

10,643

 

 

28,244

 

 

1,620

 

 

64,719

 

 

121,226

 

Identifiable assets

 

 

1,304,995

 

 

76,561

 

 

262,095

 

 

65,371

 

 

 —

 

 

1,709,022

 

Capital purchases

 

 

7,748

 

 

2,175

 

 

1,334

 

 

648

 

 

 —

 

 

11,905

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

33,971

 

 

2,247

 

 

6,560

 

 

1,373

 

 

 —

 

 

44,151

 

Non-cash share-based compensation

 

 

10,725

 

 

1,466

 

 

4,505

 

 

866

 

 

(895)

 

 

16,667

 


(1)

In the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company incurred an $8.1 million charge for the write-off of fixed assets and other costs associated with the consolidation of ITG’s New York office space.

 

(2)

In the third quarter of 2017, the Company deemed the remaining value of a customer intangible asset recorded in ITG Derivatives of $0.3 million fully impaired and incurred legal fees related to the planned formation of the Matrix derivatives venture of $0.8 million.

 

(3)

In the second quarter of 2016, the Company received insurance proceeds of $2.4 million from its corporate insurance carrier to settle a claim for lost profits arising from an August 2015 outage in its outsourced primary data center in the U.S. Additionally, the Company generated a nominal gain on the completion of the sale of its investment research operations in May 2016.

 

(4)

In the second half of 2016, the Company incurred $24.5 million for a settlement with the SEC with respect to an inquiry involving pre-released ADRs and incurred legal and other related costs associated with this matter of $2.9 million.

 

(5)

During the second quarter of 2016, the Company incurred restructuring charges of $4.3 million related to (a) the reduction in its single stock sales trading and sales organizations and (b) the closing of its U.S. matched-book securities lending operations and its Canadian arbitrage trading desk.   In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company incurred additional restructuring charges of $5.3 million related to management delayering and the elimination of certain positions.

 

(6)

The Company’s current Chief Executive Officer was granted cash and stock awards upon the commencement of his employment in January 2016, a significant portion of which replaced awards he forfeited at his former employer. Due to U.S. tax regulations, only a small portion of the amount expensed for these awards was eligible for a tax deduction.

 

(7)

In the first half of 2016, the Company incurred a charge of $4.8 million, net of an insurance recovery of $0.5 million, to settle an arbitration case with its former CEO and incurred legal fees of $2.7 million. In the third quarter of 2016, the Company recorded a reimbursement of $0.9 million of these legal fees from its insurance carrier.

 

 

88


 

(8)

In the third quarter of 2016, the Company substantially completed the liquidation of its investment in its Israel entity that ceased operations in December 2013. During the Company’s period of ownership and through December 2013, the Company had accumulated foreign exchange translation gains as a component of equity, which have been reclassified as a gain that reduced other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

(9)

In December 2015, the Company completed the sale of the subsidiaries conducting its energy research operations to an affiliate of Warburg Pincus, a global private equity firm, for $120.5 million. The pre-tax gain of $107.7 million is net of a working capital adjustment on the closing balance sheet, direct costs related to the sale and the carrying value of the net assets disposed.

 

(10)

In the third quarter of 2015, the Company reached a final settlement with the SEC to pay an aggregate amount of $20.3 million in connection with the SEC’s investigation into a proprietary trading pilot operated during 2010 and 2011. During 2015, the Company incurred $4.9 million in legal and other related costs associated with this matter.

 

(11)

In December 2015, the Company completed changes to the internal capital structure of its holding company outside North America to provide continued flexibility for the movement of capital. This amendment accelerated the U.S. taxation of amounts earned outside of North America, resulting in a tax charge of $6.5 million.

 

 

The table below details the total revenues for the categories of products and services provided by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Revenues:

 

 

    

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

Execution Services

 

$

344,192

 

$

328,252

 

$

386,158

 

Workflow Technology

 

 

92,533

 

 

92,891

 

 

94,117

 

Analytics

 

 

45,249

 

 

44,198

 

 

45,891

 

Corporate (non-product)

 

 

1,720

 

 

3,711

 

 

108,637

 

Total Revenues

 

$

483,694

 

$

469,052

 

$

634,803

 

 

Long‑lived assets, classified by the geographic region in which the Company operates, are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

 

Long-lived Assets at December   31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

86,345

 

$

92,509

 

$

97,226

 

Canada

 

 

3,841

 

 

6,972

 

 

6,357

 

Europe

 

 

26,130

 

 

22,883

 

 

27,226

 

Asia Pacific

 

 

4,060

 

 

3,726

 

 

3,162

 

Total

 

$

120,376

 

$

126,090

 

$

133,971

 

 

The Company’s long‑lived assets primarily consist of premises and equipment, capitalized software, goodwill, other intangibles and debt issuance costs.

 

89


 

(23)        Supplementary Financial Information (unaudited)

The following tables set forth certain unaudited financial data for the Company’s quarterly operations in 2017 and 2016. The following information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual information presented elsewhere in this report and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the quarterly periods presented. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited) December 31, 2017

 

(Unaudited) December 31, 2016

 

$ in thousands, expect per   share

 

Fourth

 

Third

 

Second

 

First

 

Fourth

 

Third

 

Second

 

First

 

amounts

    

Quarter

    

Quarter

    

Quarter

    

Quarter

    

Quarter

    

Quarter

    

Quarter

    

Quarter

 

Total revenues

    

$

126,747

 

$

114,531

 

$

121,581

 

$

120,835

    

$

119,589

    

$

104,185

    

$

120,610

    

$

124,668

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and employee benefits

 

 

45,283

 

 

46,755

 

 

45,994

 

 

46,684

 

 

42,980

 

 

45,127

 

 

48,315

 

 

52,464

 

Transaction processing

 

 

26,981

 

 

23,428

 

 

25,482

 

 

24,856

 

 

24,540

 

 

20,799

 

 

22,098

 

 

22,834

 

Occupancy and equipment

 

 

23,316

 

 

14,945

 

 

14,680

 

 

15,622

 

 

14,296

 

 

13,849

 

 

14,066

 

 

13,978

 

Telecommunications and data processing services

 

 

12,132

 

 

12,189

 

 

12,129

 

 

12,027

 

 

13,302

 

 

13,720

 

 

14,848

 

 

14,773

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,265

 

 

 —

 

 

4,355

 

 

 —

 

Other general and administrative

 

 

18,957

 

 

18,670

 

 

17,699

 

 

17,315

 

 

20,803

 

 

37,927

 

 

26,014

 

 

23,722

 

Interest expense

 

 

496

 

 

499

 

 

510

 

 

520

 

 

549

 

 

561

 

 

572

 

 

535

 

Total expenses

 

 

127,165

 

 

116,486

 

 

116,494

 

 

117,024

 

 

121,735

 

 

131,983

 

 

130,268

 

 

128,306

 

(Loss) income before income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(418)

 

 

(1,955)

 

 

5,087

 

 

3,811

 

 

(2,146)

 

 

(27,798)

 

 

(9,658)

 

 

(3,638)

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

 

2,000

 

 

45,012

 

 

444

 

 

(1,491)

 

 

(7,862)

 

 

(3,887)

 

 

(4,441)

 

 

(1,132)

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(2,418)

 

$

(46,967)

 

$

4,643

 

$

5,302

 

$

5,716

 

$

(23,911)

 

$

(5,217)

 

$

(2,506)

 

Basic (loss) income per share

 

$

(0.07)

 

$

(1.42)

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.18

 

$

(0.73)

 

$

(0.16)

 

$

(0.08)

 

Diluted (loss) income per share

 

$

(0.07)

 

$

(1.42)

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.17

 

$

(0.73)

 

$

(0.16)

 

$

(0.08)

 

Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding

 

 

32,855

 

 

33,105

 

 

33,125

 

 

32,949

 

 

32,607

 

 

32,725

 

 

33,189

 

 

33,106

 

Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding

 

 

32,855

 

 

33,105

 

 

34,222

 

 

34,130

 

 

33,988

 

 

32,725

 

 

33,189

 

 

33,106

 

 

Earnings per share for quarterly periods are based on the weighted average common shares outstanding in individual quarters; thus, the sum of earnings per share of the quarters may not equal the amounts reported for the full year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited) December 31, 2017

 

(Unaudited) December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Fourth

 

Third

 

Second

 

First

 

Fourth

 

Third

 

Second

 

First

 

As a percentage of Total Revenues

 

Quarter  (a)(b) (c)

   

Quarter (c)(d)

   

Quarter

   

Quarter

   

Quarter (e)(f)(g)

 

Quarter (e)

 

Quarter (h)

 

Quarter (h)

 

Total revenues

   

100

%  

100.0

%  

100.0

%  

100.0

%  

100.0

%  

100.0

%  

100.0

%  

100.0

%

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and employee benefits

 

35.7

 

40.8

 

37.8

 

38.6

 

35.9

 

43.3

 

40.1

 

42.1

 

Transaction processing

 

21.3

 

20.5

 

21.0

 

20.6

 

20.5

 

20.0

 

18.3

 

18.3

 

Occupancy and equipment

 

18.4

 

13.0

 

12.1

 

12.9

 

12.0

 

13.3

 

11.7

 

11.2

 

Telecommunications and data processing services

 

9.6

 

10.6

 

10.0

 

10.0

 

11.1

 

13.2

 

12.3

 

11.8

 

Restructuring charges

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

4.4

 

 —

 

3.6

 

 —

 

Other general and administrative

 

15.0

 

16.3

 

14.6

 

14.3

 

17.4

 

36.4

 

21.6

 

19.0

 

Interest expense

 

0.4

 

0.4

 

0.4

 

0.4

 

0.5

 

0.5

 

0.5

 

0.4

 

Total expenses

 

100.4

 

101.6

 

95.9

 

96.8

 

101.8

 

126.7

 

108.1

 

102.8

 

(Loss) income before income tax expense (benefit)

 

(0.4)

 

(1.6)

 

4.1

 

3.2

 

(1.8)

 

(26.7)

 

(8.1)

 

(2.8)

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

1.6

 

39.3

 

0.4

 

(1.2)

 

(6.6)

 

(3.7)

 

(3.7)

 

(0.9)

 

Net (loss) income

 

(2.0)

%  

(40.9)

%  

3.7

%  

4.4

%  

4.8

%  

(23.0)

%  

(4.4)

%  

(1.9)

%


(a)

In the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company incurred an $8.1 million charge for the write-off of fixed assets and other costs associated with the consolidation of ITG’s New York office space.

(b)

In the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company reduced the amount recorded for a deferred tax liability in the U.S. due to the passing of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which lowered the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%.

90


 

(c)

In the third quarter of 2017, the Company determined that it was appropriate to establish a full valuation allowance on its U.S. deferred tax assets, of which $42.3 million related to periods prior to the third quarter of 2017. In the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company reduced the valuation allowance by $0.9 million as a portion of these U.S. deferred tax assets were realized following a tax method change.

(d)

In the third quarter of 2017, the Company deemed the remaining value of a customer intangible asset recorded in ITG Derivatives of $0.3 million fully impaired and incurred legal fees related to the planned formation of the Matrix derivatives venture of $0.8 million.

(e)

During the third and fourth quarters of 2016, the Company accrued $22.1 million and $2.4 million, respectively, for a settlement with the SEC with respect to an inquiry involving pre-released ADRs and incurred legal and other related costs associated with this matter of $1.6 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

(f)

During the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company incurred restructuring charges of $5.3 million related to management delayering and the elimination of certain positions. During the second quarter of 2016, the Company incurred restructuring charges of $4.3 million related to (a) the reduction in its single stock sales trading and sales organizations and (b) the closing of its U.S. matched-book securities lending operations and its Canadian arbitrage trading desk.

(g)

During the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company resolved a multi-year tax contingency in the U.S. and reduced tax reserves by $7.3 million.

(h)

During the first and second quarters of 2016, the Company incurred a charge of $4.8 million, net of an insurance recovery of $0.5 million, to settle an arbitration case with its former CEO and incurred legal fees of $2.7 million. In the third quarter of 2016, the Company recorded a reimbursement of $0.9 million of these legal fees from its insurance carrier.

 

 

(24)        Subsequent Events

Credit Agreement

On January 26, 2018, ITG Inc., as borrower, and Parent Company, as guarantor, entered into a new $150 million 364-day revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of banks and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. The agreement expires on January 25, 2019 and includes essentially the same terms as the 2017 Credit Agreement which it succeeds.

 

Launch of Derivatives Venture

 

Following the receipt of required regulatory approvals and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions in February 2018, the Matrix derivatives execution and technology transaction closed and the venture was launched.

 

As of closing, the Company is carrying the value of the net assets contributed to the Matrix derivatives venture of approximately $2.0 million as an investment in minority interest and is accounting for its share of results under the equity method. 

 

Share Repurchase Program

 

On February 15, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional 4.0 million shares   bringing the total number of shares available for repurchase on that date to 4.4 million shares. This additional authorization has no expiration date. The specific timing and amount of repurchases will vary based on various factors including, among others, market conditions and competing needs for the use of capital.

 

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

There were no changes in, or disagreements with, accountants reportable herein.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a‑15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

91


 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of ITG is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. ITG’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of ITG’s chief executive and chief financial officers, and affected by ITG’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of ITG’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP and includes policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of ITG, (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of ITG are being made only in accordance with authorizations of ITG’s management and directors and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of ITG’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies and procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of ITG’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) . Based on its assessment and those criteria, management has concluded that ITG maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017.

The effectiveness of ITG’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 has been audited by KPMG LLP, ITG’s independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report on the following page, which expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of ITG’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017.

92


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Investment Technology Group, Inc.:

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries  (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, change in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated February 28, 2018 ,   expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate .  

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

 

New York, New York

February 28 , 2018

93


 

Item 9B.  Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information with respect to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

Information with respect to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information with respect to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information with respect to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Information with respect to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

94


 

PART IV

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) Financial Statements

Included in Part II of this report:

(a)(2) Schedules

Schedules are omitted because the required information either is not applicable or is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

(a)(3) Exhibits

 

 

 

Exhibits
Number

    

Description

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

3.2

 

Amended and Restated By‑laws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8‑K filed on February 27, 2017).

4.1

 

Form of Certificate for Common Stock of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

 

 

 

10.1

 

Credit Agreement, dated January 27, 2017 by and among ITG Inc., Investment Technology Group, Inc., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders, Bank of America, N.A. and Bank of Montreal, as syndication agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016).

10.2*

 

Credit Agreement, dated January 26, 2018 by and among ITG Inc., Investment Technology Group, Inc., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders, Bank of America, N.A. and Bank of Montreal, as syndication agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent.

10.3

 

Lease, dated as of February 24, 2012, between Brookfield Properties OLP Co. LLC and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

10.4(†)

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Pay‑For‑Performance Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

10.4.1(†)

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Pay‑For‑Performance Incentive Plan (2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2014).

10.5(†)

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).

95


 

 

 

 

Exhibits
Number

    

Description

10.5.1(†)

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2014).

10.5.2(†)

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form S-8 filed on September 25, 2015).

10.5.3(†)

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8‑K filed on January 26, 2017).

10.5.4(†)

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2017).

 

 

 

10.6(†)

 

Form of Investment Technology Group, Inc. Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Employees (2014) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.7.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013) .

10.6.1(†)

 

Form of Investment Technology Group, Inc. Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Employees (2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8‑K filed on January 26, 2017).

10.7(†)

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011).

10.7.1(†)

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan (2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2014).

10.7.2(†)

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan (2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8‑K filed on February 9, 2015).

10.7.3(†)

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan (2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015).

10.7.4(†)

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan (2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8‑K filed on January 26, 2017).

10.8(†)

 

Form of Grant Notice under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and certain employees of the Company (2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2014).

 

 

 

10.9(†)

 

Form of Grant Notice (ExCo ROE Awards) under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and Executive Committee Members of the Company (2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8‑K filed on February 9, 2015).

10.10(†)

 

Form of Grant Notice (ExCo ROE Awards) under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and Executive Committee Members of the Company (2016) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015).

10.11(†)

 

Form of Grant Notice (MD ROE Awards) under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and certain employees of the Company (2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2014).

10.12(†)

 

Form of Grant Notice (ExCo Performance-Based Awards) under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and Executive Committee Members of the Company (2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2016).

96


 

 

 

 

Exhibits
Number

    

Description

10.13(†)

 

Form of Grant Notice (ExCo Time-Based Awards) under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and Executive Committee Members of the Company (2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2016).

10.14(†)

 

Form of Grant Notice (Time-Based Awards) under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and certain employees of the Company (2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2016).

10.15*(†)

 

Form of Grant Notice (OpCo Performance-Based Awards) under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and Operating Committee Members of the Company (2018).

10.16(†)

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2014).

10.16.1(†)

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015).

10.17(†)

 

Form of Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2010).

10.18(†)

 

Form of Change in Control Agreement (2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017).

10.19(†)

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors’ Retainer Fee Subplan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

10.19.1(†)

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors’ Retainer Fee Subplan (2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015).

10.19.2(†)

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors’ Retainer Fee Subplan (2016) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2016).

10.20(†)

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors’ Equity Subplan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

10.20.1(†)

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors’ Equity Subplan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).

10.20.2(†)

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors’ Equity Subplan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015).

10.20.3(†)

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors’ Equity Subplan (2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016).

10.21(†)

 

Form of Investment Technology Group, Inc. Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Non‑Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).

10.21.1(†)

 

Form of Investment Technology Group, Inc. Stock Unit Grant Agreement (Initial Stock Units) for Non‑Employee Directors (2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016).

 

 

 

10.22(†)

 

Form of Investment Technology Group, Inc. Stock Unit Grant Agreement (Annual Stock Units) for Non‑Employee Directors (2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016).

10.23(†)

 

Employment Agreement, dated October 16, 2015, between Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Francis J. Troise, including forms of Stock Unit Grant Agreements and a form of a Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8‑K filed on October 19, 2015).

97


 

 

 

 

Exhibits
Number

    

Description

10.24(†)

 

Offer letter dated December 21, 2009 between Steven R. Vigliotti and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2009).

10.25(†)

 

Amended and Restated Employee Advisor Agreement, dated May 30, 2008, between Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Raymond L. Killian, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008).

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.26(†)

 

Employment Letter, dated October 15, 2016, between Investment Technology Group, Inc. and R. Jarrett Lilien (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8‑K filed on October 19, 2015).

10.27(†)

 

Stock Unit Grant Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2015, between Investment Technology Group, Inc. and R. Jarrett Lilien (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015).

10.28(†)

 

Agreement, dated May 9, 2016, by and between Michael V. Marrale and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2016).

10.29(†)

 

Settlement Agreement and General Release, dated June 22, 2016, by and between Robert C. Gasser and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 23, 2016).

 

 

 

21.1*

 

Subsidiaries of Company.

23.1*

 

Consent of KPMG LLP.

31.1*

 

Rule 13a‑14(a) Certification.

31.2*

 

Rule 13a‑14(a) Certification.

32.1**

 

Section 1350 Certification.

101.INS*

 

XBRL Report Instance Document.

101.SCH*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

101.PRE*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document.

101.CAL*

 

XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document.

101.LAB*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document.

101.DEF*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 


* Filed herewith.

** Furnished herewith.

(†) Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

 

See list of exhibits at Item 15(a)(3) above and exhibits following.

 

 

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summar y

Not applicable

98


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

 

    

Investment Technology Group, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven R. Vigliotti

 

 

 

Steven R. Vigliotti

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and

Chief Administrative Officer and

 

 

 

Duly Authorized Signatory of Registrant

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: February 28 , 2018

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

    

Title

    

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ MINDER CHENG

 

Chairman of Board of Directors

 

February 28 , 2018

Minder Cheng

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ FRANCIS J. TROISE

 

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

 

February 28 , 2018

Francis J. Troise

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ STEVEN R. VIGLIOTTI

 

Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer and

 

February 28 , 2018

Steven R. Vigliotti

 

Chief Administrative Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ ANGELO BULONE

 

Managing Director and Controller

 

February 28 , 2018

Angelo Bulone

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ BRIAN G. CARTWRIGHT

 

Director

 

February 28 , 2018

Brian G. Cartwright

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ TIMOTHY L. JONES

 

Director

 

February 28 , 2018

Timothy L. Jones

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ R. JARRETT LILIEN

 

Director

 

February 28 , 2018

R. Jarrett Lilien

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ KEVIN J. LYNCH

 

Director

 

February 28 , 2018

Kevin J. Lynch

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ LEE SHAVEL

 

Director

 

February 28 , 2018

Lee Shavel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ STEVEN S. WOOD

 

Director

 

February 28 , 2018

Steven S. Wood

 

 

 

 

 

 

99


Exhibit 10.15

 

United States

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

 

2007 OMNIBUS EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN
VARIABLE COMPENSATION STOCK UNIT AWARD PROGRAM SUBPLAN

 

20XX GRANT NOTICE (OpCo Performance-Based Awards)

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to Section 6 of its Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan (the “ Program ”), hereby grants to you as a Participant under the Program, Stock Units representing a generally nontransferable right to receive one share of Company Stock with respect to each underlying Stock Unit at a specified future date (the “ Grant ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein, the Program and the Investment Technology Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”). 1  Notwithstanding any provision of the Program, no Dividend Equivalents shall be credited on the Stock Units. All capitalized terms herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Program or Plan, as applicable.

 

 

 

Participant:

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

Number of Basic Units subject to Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule : The Basic Units subject to this Grant are designated as Performance-Based Units under the Program and are subject in all respects to the vesting provisions set forth in Section 6(c) of the Program. 

The Basic Units subject to this Grant shall be divided into three equal annual installments, and each installment shall vest, if at all, on ______________, ______________ and ______________, based on the levels of Revenue and Pre-Tax Margin (each a “ Performance Metric ” as defined below and together, the “ Performance Metrics ”) achieved for each of the 20XX, 20XX and 20XX fiscal years (each a “ Performance Year ”), respectively, that ends immediately prior to the applicable vesting date ,   if the Participant remains continuously employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries through, and is in Good Standing (as defined below) on, each applicable vesting date. Between January 1 and ___________ of the year following each Performance Year, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), or any other committee appointed by the Board to administer the Program (the “ Compensation Committee ”), shall determine and certify the extent to which Basic Units have been earned and are eligible for vesting, if at all, based on the levels of Revenue and Pre-Tax Margin achieved for the applicable Performance Year .

The number of Basic Units set forth above is the number of Basic Units that may be earned and eligible for vesting based on achievement of the Performance Metrics in each Performance Year at levels that equal 100% in the payout matrix set forth below (the “ Target Award ”). 2  The actual number of Basic Units that may be earned and eligible for vesting pursuant to this Grant may be greater or less than the Target Award, or even zero, and will be based on the level of the Performance Metrics achieved in each Performance Year in accordance with the following payout matrix.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-Tax Margin

Payout Matrix (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue ($m)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1   The Plan, Plan prospectus, and Program are available on ITG Exchange. In addition, paper copies of the Plan, Plan prospectus and Program are available upon request by contacting the Legal Department of the Company at ITG_Legal .

For illustrative purposes only , if Revenue and Pre-Tax Margin in each Performance Year are $X and X%, respectively, 100% of the Basic Units set forth above will be earned and eligible for vesting, subject to the continued employment and Good Standing requirements noted above.


 

If actual results for the Performance Metrics fall between the specified performance levels set forth in the payout matrix, the actual number of Basic Units that may vest on the applicable vesting date will be determined by equally weighting the interpolated payout percentage for each Performance Metric. 3  Failure to achieve the threshold performance level for either of the Performance Metrics will result in no Basic Units vesting as of the applicable vesting date and in no event will the number of Basic Units vesting as of the applicable vesting date exceed 200% of the Basic Units subject to the applicable annual installment. 4  

For purposes of this Grant, (i) “ Good Standing ” means the Participant is actively employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries on the applicable date and has not given a notice of resignation to, or received a notice of termination from, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries prior to such date, (ii) “ Revenue ” means all revenues generated by the Company for the relevant Performance Year (adjusted to exclude unique and/or non-operating items in accordance with the Company’s historical practices, such as gains and losses on divestitures, and the impact on revenues of certain acquisitions or divestitures as determined by the Compensation Committee) and (iii) “ Pre-Tax Margin ” means the percentage determined by dividing the pre-tax income of the Company for the relevant Performance Year (adjusted to exclude unique and/or non-operating  items such as acquisitions, divestitures, restructuring charges, large write-offs, asset impairments, significant charges associated with litigation or regulatory matters together with related expenses or items outside of management’s control, in accordance with the Company’s historical practices and as determined by the Compensation Committee) by Revenue.

Settlement : The Participant shall receive shares of Company Stock in settlement of the Basic Units in accordance with the terms of the Program, subject to the collection of applicable taxes in connection with the issuance of Company Stock. 

Violation of Code of Conduct; Financial Restatement; Forfeiture of Unvested Basic Units :  If, prior to the date the Basic Units otherwise become vested in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth above (i) the Participant materially breaches the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, as such material breach is determined by the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, or (ii) the Company is required to prepare a restated financial statement that is filed with an external regulator because of material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement, whether or not such restatement involves misconduct of the Participant, then the Compensation Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, that the Basic Units shall cease to vest effective as of the date of the material breach or the date on which the Company is notified of such requirement, as applicable, in each case, subject to compliance with applicable law.

Recoupment Policy :  You agree that you will be subject to any compensation clawback or recoupment policies that may be applicable to you as an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates, as in effect from time to time and as approved by the Board or the Compensation Committee, whether or not approved before or after the Date of Grant.

 

Acknowledgements : You acknowledge receipt of this Grant Notice, the Program, the Plan and the Plan prospectus. 1  You further acknowledge that this Grant is made under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the Plan and the Program except as otherwise set forth herein, and you agree to be bound by such terms. The Compensation Committee has the authority to interpret and construe this Grant pursuant to the terms of the Program and the Plan, and its decisions shall be conclusive as to any questions arising hereunder.

 

 

 

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3   For illustrative purposes only , if Revenue and Pre-Tax Margin for the 20XX Performance Year were $X and X%, respectively, the payout level would be determined by interpolating between performance levels of X% and X%, for a payout percentage of X% for the applicable installment.

4   For illustrative purposes only , assume you were granted 100 Basic Units. If (a) Revenue and Pre-Tax Margin for each Performance Year were $X and X%, respectively, 200 Basic Units would vest in total over the course of the term of the award, (b) Revenue and Pre-Tax Margin for each Performance Year were $X and X%, respectively, 50 Basic Units would vest in total over the course of the term of the award and (c) Revenue or Pre-Tax Margin for each Performance Year were less than $X or less than X%, respectively, no Basic Units would vest.  For the avoidance of doubt, vesting in (a) and (b) is subject to the continued employment and Good Standing requirements noted above.


Exhibit 10.2

 

 

$150,000,000

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

ITG INC.,

as Borrower,

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

as Guarantor,

 

The Several Lenders from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

and

BANK OF MONTREAL ,

as Syndication Agents,

 

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

Dated as of January 26, 2018

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK. N.A., BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP. and  

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page

SECTION 1.

    

DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

 

1.1

 

Defined Terms

1
1.2

 

Other Definitional Provisions.

19

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.

 

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

20

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

Revolving Commitments

20
2.2

 

Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing.

20
2.3

 

Swingline Loans.

21
2.4

 

Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans.

21
2.5

 

Commitment Fees, etc.

23
2.6

 

Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments.

24
2.7

 

Optional Prepayments.

24
2.8

 

Daily Calculation of Loan Value; Mandatory Prepayments; Release of Pledged Eligible Assets.

24
2.9

 

Interest Rates and Payment Dates.

25
2.10

 

Computation of Interest and Fees.

25
2.11

 

Pro Rata Treatment and Payments.

25
2.12

 

Requirements of Law.

26
2.13

 

Taxes.

27
2.14

 

Change of Lending Office.

29
2.15

 

Replacement of Lenders.

29
2.16

 

Defaulting Lenders

30
2.17

 

Incremental Commitments.

31

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

32

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Financial Condition

32
3.2

 

No Change.

32
3.3

 

Existence; Compliance with Law.

32
3.4

 

Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations.

33
3.5

 

No Legal Bar.

33
3.6

 

Litigation.

33
3.7

 

No Default.

33
3.8

 

Ownership of Property; Liens.

33
3.9

 

Intellectual Property.

34
3.10

 

Taxes.

34
3.11

 

Federal Regulations.

34
3.12

 

ERISA

34
3.13

 

Membership in FINRA; Registration, etc

35
3.14

 

Subsidiaries.

35
3.15

 

Use of Proceeds.

35
3.16

 

Environmental Matters.

35
3.17

 

Accuracy of Information, etc

36
3.18

 

Security Documents.

36
3.19

 

Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions

37

 


 

3.20

 

EEA Financial Institutions.  No Loan Party is an EEA Financial Institution.

37

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

37

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Conditions to Closing Date.

37
4.2

 

Conditions to Each Extension of Credit.

38

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

39

 

 

 

 

5.1

 

Financial Statements.

39
5.2

 

Certificates; Other Information.

40
5.3

 

Payment of Obligations.

40
5.4

 

Maintenance of Existence; Compliance.

40
5.5

 

Maintenance of Property; Insurance.

41
5.6

 

Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions.

41
5.7

 

Notices.

41
5.8

 

Compliance with Regulatory Requirements

41
5.9

 

Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions

42

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

42

 

 

 

 

6.1

 

Financial Condition Covenants.

42
6.2

 

Liens.

42
6.3

 

Fundamental Changes.

44
6.4

 

Disposition of Property.

44
6.5

 

Restricted Payments.

45
6.6

 

Capital Expenditures.

45
6.7

 

Investments.

45
6.8

 

Transactions with Affiliates.

46
6.9

 

Changes in Fiscal Periods.

46
6.10

 

Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions

46
6.11

 

Lines of Business.

47

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.

 

GUARANTEE

47

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

Guarantee.

47
7.2

 

No Subrogation

47
7.3

 

Amendments, etc. with respect to the Obligations

48
7.4

 

Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional

48
7.5

 

Reinstatement

49
7.6

 

Payments

49

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

49

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.

 

THE AGENTS

51
9.1

 

Appointment.

51
9.2

 

Delegation of Duties.

52
9.3

 

Exculpatory Provisions.

52
9.4

 

Reliance by Administrative Agent.

52
9.5

 

Notice of Default.

52

 


 

9.6

 

Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders.

53
9.7

 

Indemnification.

53
9.8

 

Agent in Its Individual Capacity.

53
9.9

 

Successor Administrative Agent.

54
9.10

 

Syndication Agents.

54
9.11

 

Certain ERISA Matters

54

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

56

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Amendments and Waivers.

56
10.2

 

Notices.

57
10.3

 

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

58
10.4

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties.

58
10.5

 

Payment of Expenses.

58
10.6

 

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.

59
10.7

 

Adjustments; Set‑off.

62
10.8

 

Counterparts.

62
10.9

 

Severability.

62
10.10

 

Integration.

63
10.11

 

GOVERNING LAW.

63
10.12

 

Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers.

63
10.13

 

Acknowledgements.

63
10.14

 

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

64
10.15

 

Releases of Guarantees and Liens.

64
10.16

 

Confidentiality

64
10.17

 

WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL.

65
10.18

 

USA PATRIOT Act

65

 

 

 


 

SCHEDULES :

1.1A

Commitments

1.1B

Broker-Dealer Licenses and Memberships

1.1C

Broker-Dealer Subsidiaries

3.1

Guarantee Obligations

3.4

Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices

3.12

ERISA

3.14

Subsidiaries

3.18(a)

UCC Filing Jurisdictions

6.2(f)

Existing Liens

6.6

Exempt Capital Expenditures

6.7(h)

Existing Investments

 

EXHIBITS :

A

Form of Security Agreement

B

Form of Compliance Certificate

C

Form of Closing Certificate

D

Form of Assignment and Assumption

E

Form of Exemption Certificate

F

Form of Borrowing Request

G

Form of Pledged Eligible Assets Notice

H

Form of Borrowing Base B Limit Notice

 

 

 


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 26, 2018, among ITG INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Guarantor ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Incremental Lender, the “ Lenders ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. and BANK OF MONTREAL, as syndication agents (in such capacities, the “ Syndication Agents ”) and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent.

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

1.1 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.

Administrative Agent ”:  JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., together with its Affiliates, as the arranger of the Commitments and as the administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors.

Affiliate ”:  as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.  For purposes of Section 6.8, “Affiliate” shall also include a Person with the power, directly or indirectly, to vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person.

Agent Indemnitee ”: as defined in Section 9.7.

Agents ”:  the collective reference to the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agents.

Agreement ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto.

Anti-Corruption Laws ”:  all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower, the Guarantor or their respective Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

Applicable Margin ”:  2.50%.

Applicable Percentage ”:  as to any Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Commitment then constitutes of the Total Commitments or, at any time after the Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans then outstanding.

Approved Fund ”:  as defined in Section 10.6(b).

Assignee ”:  as defined in Section 10.6(b).

Assignment and Assumption ”:  an Assignment and Assumption, substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

1


 

Available Commitment ”:  as to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such Lender’s Commitment then in effect over (b) such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding; provided , that in calculating any Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit for the purpose of determining such Lender’s Available Commitment pursuant to Section 2.5(a), the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding shall be deemed to be zero.

Bail-In Action ”: the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation ”: with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Bankruptcy Event ”: with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, provided ,   further , that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

Benefit Plan ”: any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code, to which Section 4975 of the Code applies or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

Benefited Lender ”:  as defined in Section 10.7(a).

Board ”:  the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Borrower ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto.

Borrowing ”:  Revolving Loans made or continued by the Lenders, or Swingline Loans made or continued by the applicable Swingline Lenders, in either case on the same date.

Borrowing Base A Loans ”:  any Loans which are secured by Pledged Eligible Assets.

Borrowing Base B Limit ”:  at any time, an amount equal to 80% of the excess, if any, of the Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits at such time over the Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits in effect as at the close of business on the day in the prior calendar month (or, if the certificate for such prior calendar month with respect to Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits has not been required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.2(c), the preceding calendar month) that was the day having the 10 th lowest Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits during such calendar month.

2


 

Borrowing Base B Limit Notice ”:  as defined in Section 2.2(a).

Borrowing Base B Loans ”:  any Loans the purpose and use of which is to satisfy NSCC Deposit Requirements.

Borrowing Date ”:  any Business Day specified by the Borrower as a date on which the Borrower requests the Lenders to make Loans hereunder.

Borrowing Request ”:  as defined in Section 2.2(a).

Broker-Dealer Licenses and Memberships ”:  (a)the memberships of each Broker Dealer Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary with NSCC, DTC and FINRA, (b)the other memberships listed on Schedule 1.1B of each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary, (c)the licenses with Governmental Authorities listed on Schedule 1.1B of each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary.

Broker-Dealer Registrations ”:  the registrations of each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary with the SEC and all other Governmental Authorities which require registration and have jurisdiction over such Broker-Dealer Subsidiary.

Broker-Dealer Subsidiaries ”: the Subsidiaries of the Guarantor listed on Schedule 1.1C and any other Subsidiary of the Guarantor that becomes a registered broker-dealer after the date hereof.

Business ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(b).

Business Day ”:  a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close, provided , that with respect to determinations of the Eurodollar Rate, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.

Capital Expenditures ”:  for any period, with respect to any Person, the aggregate of all expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of furniture, fixtures and equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) that should be capitalized under GAAP on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

Capital Lease Obligations ”:  as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ”:  any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

Cash Equivalents ”:  (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank deposits having

3


 

maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000; (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“ S&P ”) or P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“ Moody’s ”), or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within six months from the date of acquisition; (d) repurchase obligations of any Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than 30 days, with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government; (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s; (f) securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition; (g) money market mutual or similar funds that invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition; or (h) money market funds that (1) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (2) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (3) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000 or (i) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above denominated in Euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and commonly used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction.    

Closing Date ”:  the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.1 shall have been satisfied, which date shall not be later than January 26, 2018.

Code ”:  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ”:  all property and assets of the Borrower with respect to which a Lien is purported to be granted in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Security Document.

Commitment ”:  as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and participate in Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A, in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, or in the Incremental Assumption Agreement pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Incremental Commitment, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.  The original amount of the Total Commitments is $150,000,000.

Commitment Fee Rate ”:  0.75% per annum.

Commitment Period ”:  the period from and including the Closing Date to the Termination Date.

Commonly Controlled Entity ”:  an entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under “common control” with any Loan Party within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes any Loan Party and that is treated as a single employer with any Loan Party under Section 414 of the Code.

4


 

Compliance Certificate ”:  a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

Confidential Information Memorandum ”:  the Confidential Information Memorandum dated January 2018 and furnished to certain Lenders.

Consolidated EBITDA ”:  for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period plus , without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (a) income tax expense, (b) interest expense, amortization or writeoff of debt discount and debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness, excluding any items in this clause (b) attributable to Excluded Debt, (c) depreciation and amortization expense, excluding amortization expense attributable to Excluded Debt, (d) amortization of intangibles (including, but not limited to, goodwill) and organization costs, (e) any extraordinary or nonrecurring or unusual charges, expenses or losses, (f) non-recurring fees, expenses or charges related to any offering of equity interests, Investments permitted hereunder, Permitted Acquisitions or Indebtedness permitted hereunder (in each case, whether or not successful), (g) any net after-tax loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax losses on disposal of discontinued operations; (h) any net after-tax losses, or any subsequent charges or expenses, attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions having occurred at any time other than in the ordinary course of business, (i) any non-cash impairment charges or asset write-off resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 or No. 144 and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141; (j) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from any employee benefit plans, post-employment benefit plans, deferred stock compensation plan or grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors and employees of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries; (k) non-cash losses and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and fair value accounting pursuant to customary securities industries practices; (l) non-cash charges for deferred tax asset valuation allowances and (m) any amortization or depreciation or any one-time non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting in connection with any Permitted Acquisition that is consummated hereafter and minus , the sum of (a) to the extent included in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (i) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring income or gains (including, whether or not otherwise includable as a separate item in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, gains on the sales of assets outside of the ordinary course of business), (ii) income tax benefits (to the extent not netted from income tax expense), (iii) any other non-cash income, (iv) any net after-tax income from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains on disposal of discontinued operations, (v) any net after-tax gains attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions having occurred at any time other than in the ordinary course of business, (vi) any non-cash gains resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 or No. 144 and (vii) non-cash gains or income resulting from fair value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and fair value accounting pursuant to customary securities industries practices and (b) any cash payments made during such period in respect of items described in clause (j) above subsequent to the fiscal quarter in which the relevant non-cash expenses or losses were reflected as a charge in the statement of Consolidated Net Income, all as determined on a consolidated basis.  For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “ Reference Period ”) pursuant to any determination of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the Guarantor or any Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, the Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made a Material

5


 

Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro   forma effect thereto as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period.  As used in this definition, “Material Acquisition” means any acquisition of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes assets comprising all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business or constitutes all or substantially all of the common stock of a Person and (b) involves the payment of consideration by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in excess of $1,000,000; and “Material Disposition” means any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property that (a) constitutes assets comprising all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business of the Guarantor and/or its Subsidiaries or constitutes all or substantially all of the common stock of any Subsidiary and (b) yields gross proceeds to the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $1,000,000. 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ”:  at any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt on such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters of the Guarantor most recently ended on or prior to such date.

Consolidated Net Income ”:  for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded (a) the income (or deficit) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Guarantor or is merged into or consolidated with the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) the income (or deficit) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Guarantor) in which the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income is actually received by the Guarantor or such Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions and (c) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of the Guarantor to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any Contractual Obligation (other than under any Loan Document) or Requirement of Law applicable to such Subsidiary; provided ,   further , that clause (c) above shall not exclude the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary in situations where the only restriction on the ability of such Subsidiary to declare or pay dividends or make similar distributions arises from regulatory restrictions (or Contractual Obligations relating to compliance with law or regulatory restrictions).

Consolidated Tangible Net Worth ”:  at any date, all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be included on a consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries under stockholders’ equity at such date minus the amount of all intangible items included therein, including, without limitation, goodwill, franchises, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, service marks, brand names and write-ups of assets (but only to the extent that such items would be included on a consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP).

Consolidated Total Debt ”:  at any date, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries at such date, determined on a consolidated basis (to the extent such Indebtedness would be included on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP) but excluding Excluded Debt.

Continuing Directors ”:  the directors of the Guarantor on the Closing Date, and each other director, if, in each case, such other director’s nomination for election to the board of directors of the Guarantor is recommended by at least a majority of the then Continuing Directors.

Contractual Obligation ”:  as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Credit Party ”: the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lenders or any other Lender.

6


 

Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 8, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

Defaulting Lender ”: any Lender that (a) has failed, within two Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Swingline Loans or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Credit Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by a Credit Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Swingline Loans under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event, or (e) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, become the subject of a Bail-In Action.

Deficiency ”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Deficiency Notice ”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

Disposition ”:  with respect to any property, any sale, lease, Sale/Leaseback Transaction, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof.  The terms “ Dispose ” and “ Disposed of ” shall have correlative meanings.

 “ Diversified Pool ”: at any time, all Pledged Eligible Assets not included at such time in the Non-Diversified Pool.

Dollars ” and “ $ ”:  dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ”:  any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States.

DTC ”: The Depository Trust Company and its successors and assigns.

EEA Financial Institution ”: (a) any institution established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent;

EEA Member Country ”: any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

7


 

EEA Resolution Authority ”: any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligible Assets ”: at any time, common and preferred equity securities, ADRs and exchange-traded funds that are, in each case, then listed on the NYSE, NASDAQ or Amex (regardless of the venue used to execute trades with respect to such securities); provided , in any event, that “ Eligible Assets ” shall not include leveraged exchange-traded funds, synthetic exchanged-traded funds (other than Qualified Synthetic ETFs), warrants, options, limited partnership interests or convertible preferred securities; and provided   further that (i) for purposes of determining the Loan Value of the Pledged Eligible Assets in the Diversified Pool, securities issued by any single issuer and its Affiliates (other than Eligible ETFs) shall constitute “Eligible Assets” only to the extent that the Market Value of such securities of such single issuer and its Affiliates does not exceed 20% of the aggregate Market Value of all Pledged Eligible Assets in the Diversified Pool at such time and (ii) for purposes of determining the Loan Value of the Pledged Eligible Assets in the Non-Diversified Pool, securities issued by any single issuer and its Affiliates (other than Eligible ETFs) shall constitute “Eligible Assets” only to the extent that the Market Value of such securities of such single issuer and its Affiliates does not exceed $30,000,000 at such time.

Eligible ETFs ”: any reasonably diversified exchange-traded funds that the Borrower requests be considered an “Eligible ETF” for purposes hereof, subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent to such exchange-traded fund being considered an “Eligible ETF” (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  For the avoidance of doubt, neither leveraged exchange-traded funds nor synthetic exchange-traded funds (other than Qualified Synthetic ETFs) shall constitute “Eligible ETFs”. 

Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits ”: NSCC Margin Deposits, other than (x) any such deposits relating to individual transactions that are outstanding for more than five Business Days, (y) any portion of any NSCC Margin Deposit relating to losses incurred by the Borrower for its own account or the account of any of its Affiliates and (z) any portion of any NSCC Margin Deposit that, as reasonably determined by the Borrower, acting in good faith, is subject to any counterclaim deduction, defense, setoff or similar rights by NSCC or DTC other than to the extent constituting or arising out of the underlying obligation for which such deposit was delivered (but only to the extent of any such counterclaim, deduction, defense, setoff or similar rights).  The amount of Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits at any time shall not exceed the NSCC Deposit Requirements applicable to the Borrower at such time.

Environmental Laws ”:  any and all foreign, Federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human health or the environment, as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.

ERISA ”:  the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ”: the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements ”:  for any day, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day

8


 

(including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves) under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

Eurodollar Base Rate ”:  for any day, the rate per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in Dollars for an interest period of one month commencing two Business Days thereafter appearing on Reuters Page LIBOR01 (or any successor or substitute page which displays an average ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rate) as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the preceding Business Day).  In the event that such rate does not so appear, the “ Eurodollar Base Rate ” shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered Dollar deposits at or about 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the preceding Business Day)   in the London interbank eurodollar market where its eurodollar and foreign currency and exchange operations are then being conducted for delivery on such day for an interest period of one month commencing two Business Days thereafter. Notwithstanding the rate calculated in accordance with the foregoing, at no time shall the Eurodollar Base Rate be less than zero.

Eurodollar Rate ”:  for any day, a rate per annum determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%):

Eurodollar Base Rate

1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

 

Event of Default ”:  any of the events specified in Section 8, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

Exchange Act ”: as defined in Section 8(k)(i).

Excluded Debt ”: Indebtedness incurred (a) in the ordinary course of business by or on behalf of any Broker-Dealer Subsidiary that is (i) secured by marketable securities under customary terms (including, without limitation, all Borrowing Base A Loans) or (ii) unsecured but where such Subsidiary holds, or will have the right to hold pursuant to pending securities transactions and in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, unencumbered marketable securities sufficient, at the time of the securities transaction which gave rise to any such Indebtedness, to refinance such Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business on a secured basis using such securities as collateral or (b) by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement in connection with Borrowing Base B Loans.

Excluded Taxes ”: any of the following Taxes: (a) net income taxes, franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) and branch profits taxes imposed on the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or Transferee) as a result of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent or such Lender (or Transferee) and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from the Administrative Agent or such Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Loan Document), (b) any Taxes to the extent such Taxes are imposed as a result of a Lender not providing the proper forms or other documentation described in Section 2.13(e) and (f), (c) United States withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to a Requirement of Law in effect at the time such Lender (or Assignee) becomes a party to this Agreement, except to the extent that such Lender’s assignor (if any) was entitled, at the time of assignment, to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such Taxes pursuant to

9


 

Section 2.13 or (d) any United States withholding Taxes that are imposed as a result of any relocation of a Lender’s office to which payment by the Borrower is made and which relocation occurs after the Lender becomes a Lender.

Existing Credit Agreement ”:  the Credit Agreement, dated January 27, 2017, among the Borrower, the Guarantor, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., and Bank of Montreal as syndication agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.

FATCA ”: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as of the date hereof and any existing or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ”: for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by interbank Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three interbank Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it; provided ,   however , that in each case,  notwithstanding the rate calculated in accordance with the foregoing, at no time shall the Federal Funds Effective Rate be less than zero.  

Federal Funds Rate ”: for any day for any Borrowing, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the rate of interest per annum on the offered side of the Federal funds market quoted by a Federal funds broker selected by the Administrative Agent at the approximate time of such Borrowing (for the first day of such Borrowing and until the next Business Day) and 12:00 Noon (New York City time) (for each subsequent Business Day while such Borrowing is outstanding and until the next Business Day), selected by the Administrative Agent, for Federal Funds, (b) the Eurodollar Rate for a one-month interest period commencing two business days after such day and (c) the overnight bank funding rate in effect on such day, if any; provided ,   however , that in each case,  notwithstanding the rate calculated in accordance with the foregoing, at no time shall the Federal Funds Rate be less than zero.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Federal Funds Rate shall be determined on each Business Day on which a Borrowing of Loans is requested or outstanding, as provided herein.

Fee Payment Date ”:  (a) the third Business Day following the last day of each March, June, September and December and (b) the last day of the Commitment Period.

FINRA ”:  the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or any other self-regulatory body which succeeds to the functions of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

FOCUS Report ”: the Financial and Operational Combined Uniform Single Report on Form X-17A-15. A “Part II FOCUS Report” is a report filed on Form X-17A-5 Part II.

Funding Default ”: the failure by a Defaulting Lender to fund any portion of its Loans as of the time required to be funded by it hereunder or to acquire participating interests in Swingline Loans in accordance with Section 2.4.

Funding Office ”:  the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders.

GAAP ”:  generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time, except that (i) for purposes of Section 6.1, GAAP shall be determined on the basis of such

10


 

principles in effect on the date hereof and consistent with those used in the preparation of the most recent audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.1 and (ii) right-to-use assets and lease commitment liabilities arising from lease-related Accounting Changes effected at any time after the Closing Date, to the extent such assets and liabilities would not have been classified or recognized as assets or liabilities under GAAP as in effect as of the Closing Date, shall not be given effect for any purpose under this Agreement.  In the event that any “Accounting Change” (as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then, at the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to reflect equitably such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the Borrower’s financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made.  Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred.  “Accounting Changes” refers to changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if applicable, the SEC.

Governmental Authority ”:  any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners).

Group Members ”:  the collective reference to the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries.

Guarantee Obligation ”:  as to any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing Person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “ primary obligations ”) of any other third Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided ,   however , that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Guarantor ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto.

11


 

Increased Amount Date ”: as defined in Section 2.17(a).

Incremental Amount ” shall mean, at any time, the excess, if any, of (a) $75.0 million over (b) the aggregate amount of all Incremental Commitments established prior to such time pursuant to Section 2.17.

Incremental Assumption Agreement ”: an Incremental Assumption Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and one or more Incremental Lenders.

Incremental Commitment ”: any increased or incremental Commitment provided pursuant to Section 2.17.

Incremental Lender ”: a Lender with a Commitment or an outstanding Revolving Loan as a result of an Incremental Commitment.

Indebtedness ”:  of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business and (ii) earn-out obligations until such obligations become a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) the liquidation value of all mandatorily redeemable preferred Capital Stock of such Person, (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, (j) for the purposes of Section 8(e) only, all obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Agreements   and (k) for the purposes of Section 8(e) only, all obligations or liabilities of such Person arising from a Repo Transaction; provided , that the term “Indebtedness” shall not include (A) payments with respect to deferred employee compensation and (B) agreements providing for indemnification, for the adjustment of purchase price or for similar adjustments in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or a Disposition permitted by Section 6.4.  The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor. 

Indemnified Liabilities ”: as defined in Section 10.5.

Indemnitee ”: as defined in Section 10.5.

Insolvency ”:  with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

Insolvent ”:  pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

12


 

Intellectual Property ”:  the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses, technology, know-how and processes, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

Interest Payment Date ”:  the last day of each March, June, September and December.

Investments ”:  as defined in Section 6.7.

IRS ”: as defined in Section 2.13(f).

Lenders ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto.

Lien ”:  any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Limited Permitted Liens ”: as defined in the Security Agreement.

Liquidity Ratio ”:  at any time, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) unencumbered marketable securities (after taking into account prudent and customary financing haircuts) and cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower that would not be reflected as “restricted” or “segregated” on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (ii) Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits (solely to the extent of the lesser of (x) the excess, if any, of the Borrowing Base B Limit at such time over the aggregate amount of all Borrowing Base B Loans outstanding on such date and (y) the Available Commitments) to (b) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of its unsecured Indebtedness and accrued compensation liabilities, excluding (i) liabilities for intercompany advances funded by the Guarantor or one of its Subsidiaries with long-term capital and (ii) all Loans under this Agreement. 

Loan ”:  any loan made by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

Loan Documents ”:  this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Notes and any amendment, waiver, supplement or other modification to any of the foregoing.

Loan Parties ”:  the Borrower and the Guarantor. 

Loan Value ”: (a) as to the Pledged Eligible Assets in the Diversified Pool at any time, the product of (i) 75% and (ii) the aggregate Market Value of all Pledged Eligible Assets as most recently determined by the Administrative Agent and (b) as to the Pledged Eligible Assets in the Non-Diversified Pool at any time, the product of (i) 50% and (ii) the aggregate Market Value of all Pledged Eligible Assets as most recently determined by the Administrative Agent.

Market Value ”: as to any Pledged Eligible Asset, the market value determined by the Administrative Agent in its usual and customary manner for loans to broker-dealers based on pricing information with respect to such Pledged Eligible Asset reasonably available to the Administrative Agent from one or more pricing services selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

13


 

Material Adverse Effect ”:  a material adverse effect on (a) the business, property, operations or financial condition of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.  For the avoidance of doubt, any non-cash writedown of goodwill or other intangible assets shall not in and of itself be a Material Adverse Effect for purposes hereof.

Material Group Member ”: the Borrower, the Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary.  

Material Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary of the Guarantor that, as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Guarantor, had assets or revenues (on a consolidated basis including its Subsidiaries) with a value in excess of 2.0% of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor or 2.0% of the consolidated revenues of the Guarantor; provided , that in the event Subsidiaries that would otherwise not be Material Subsidiaries shall in the aggregate account for a percentage in excess of 5.0% of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor or 5.0% of the consolidated revenues of the Guarantor as of the end of and for the most recently completed fiscal year, then one or more of such Subsidiaries as designated by the Guarantor (or, if the Guarantor shall make no designation, one or more of such Subsidiaries in descending order based on their respective contributions to the consolidated assets of the Guarantor), shall be included as Material Subsidiaries to the extent necessary to eliminate such excess.

Materials of Environmental Concern ”:  any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products or any hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, defined or regulated as such in or under any Environmental Law, including asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and urea-formaldehyde insulation.

 “ Multiemployer Plan ”:  a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Net Capital ”: as defined in paragraph (c)(2) of Rule 15c3-1 of the Exchange Act.

Non-Diversified Pool ”: at any time, the Pledged Eligible Assets as noted in a notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent as being included in the “Non-Diversified Pool” at such time.

Non-Consenting Lender ”: as defined in Section 2.15(b).

Non-Excluded Taxes ”:  as defined in Section 2.13(a).

Non-U.S. Lender ”:  as defined in Section 2.13(f).

Notes ”:  the collective reference to any promissory note evidencing Loans.

NSCC ”:  the National Securities Clearing Corporation.

NSCC Deposit Requirements ”:  cash collateral requirements established by NSCC in connection with securities clearing services provided by NSCC, as such requirements may be adjusted from time to time.

NSCC Margin Deposits ”:  deposits made by the Borrower with NSCC in connection with securities clearing services provided to it by NSCC.

14


 

Obligations ”:  the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans and all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant hereto) or otherwise.

Other Taxes ”:  any and all present or future stamp or documentary, recording or similar taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document (but not Excluded Taxes).

Participant ”:  as defined in Section 10.6(c).

Participant Register ”: as defined in Section 10.6(c).

Patriot Act ”: as defined in Section 10.17.

PBGC ”:  the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor).

Permitted Acquisition ”: any acquisition by any Group Member of all or substantially all the assets of, or shares or other equity interests in, a Person or division or line of business of a Person, provided that (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (b) the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries shall be in compliance, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition, with the covenants contained in Section 6.1 recomputed as at the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries as if such acquisition and related financings or other transactions had occurred on the first day of each relevant period for testing such compliance.

Permitted Liens ”: as defined in the Security Agreement.

Person ”:  an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

Plan ”:  at a particular time, any employee benefit plan that is covered by ERISA and in respect of which a Loan Party or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Pledged Eligible Assets ”: Eligible Assets that have been pledged to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders to secure the obligations of the Borrower in respect of Borrowing Base A Loans pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement.

15


 

Pledged Eligible Assets Notice ”: as defined in Section 2.2(a).

pro forma ”:  all pro forma computations required to be made hereunder giving effect to any acquisition, investment, sale, disposition, merger or similar event shall reflect on a pro forma basis such event and, to the extent applicable, the historical earnings and cash flows associated with the assets acquired or disposed of and any related incurrence or reduction of Indebtedness, and may also reflect (x) any projected synergies or similar benefits expected to be realized as a result of such event to the extent such synergies or similar benefits would be permitted to be reflected in financial statements prepared in compliance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (y) any other demonstrable cost-savings and other synergies and adjustments not included in the foregoing clause (x) that are reasonably anticipated by the Borrower to be achieved in connection with any such event for the 12‑month period following the consummation of such event, which the Borrower determines are reasonable and as set forth in a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower; provided ,   that the aggregate additions to Consolidated EBITDA, for any period being tested, pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed 15% of the amount which could have been Consolidated EBITDA in the absence of the adjustment pursuant to this clause (y).

Properties ”: as defined in Section 3.16(a).

Proposed Change ”: as defined in Section 2.15(b). 

PTE ”: a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

Qualified Synthetic ETF ”:  a synthetic exchange-traded fund that (x) is not a levered exchange-traded fund and (y) has not entered into any derivative transaction with a counterparty other than a financial market utility that has been designated by the Financial Stability Oversight Council as systemically important under Title VIII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (it being understood that with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above the Administrative Agent may rely on a certification of the Borrower).

Quarterly Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements ”: the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the related statements of income and cash flows and the related notes, disclosures, and other narrative materials provided to FINRA on a quarterly basis.

Refunded Swingline Loans ”: as defined in Section 2.4.

Register ”:  as defined in Section 10.6(b).

Regulation U ”:  Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Repo Transaction ”: any of the following: repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, sell buy backs and buy sell backs agreements, securities lending and borrowing agreements and any other agreement or transaction similar to those referred to above in this definition.

Reportable Event ”:  any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived as of the date hereof under PBGC Reg. § 4043.

16


 

Required Lenders ”:  at any time, Lenders holding more than 50% of the Total Commitments then in effect or, if all of the Commitments have been terminated, the Total Extensions of Credit then outstanding, subject to Section 2.16.

Requirement of Law ”:  as to any Person, the Certificate of Incorporation and By‑Laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any reference in this Agreement to the adoption of or a change in a Requirement of Law after the date hereof (or substantially similar reference) shall be deemed to include (x) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or by United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III and (y) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith, in each case, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Responsible Officer ”:  the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer, controller or head of operations), but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer or controller of such Loan Party.

Restricted Payments ”:  as defined in Section 6.5.

Revolving Extensions of Credit ”:  as to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans held by such Lender then outstanding and (b) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding.

Revolving Loans ”:  as defined in Section 2.1(a).

Sale/Leaseback Transaction ”: an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by any Group Member whereby such Group Member transfers such property to a Person and a Group Member leases it from such Person, other than leases among Group Members.

Sanctions ”:  economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union Member State, Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or other relevant sanctions authority.

Sanctioned Country ”:  at any time, a country, region or territory which is the subject or target of any Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

Sanctioned Person ”:  at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state, Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or other relevant sanctions authority (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b).

17


 

SEC ”:  the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Security Agreement ”: the Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Security Documents ”:  the collective reference to the Security Agreement and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the obligations and liabilities of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

Single Employer Plan ”:  any Plan other than a Multiemployer Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA.

Subsidiary ”:  as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.  Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Guarantor.

Supermajority Lenders ”:  at any time, Lenders holding more than 75% of the Commitments then in effect, or, if all of the Commitments have been terminated, the Total Extensions of Credit then outstanding, subject to Section 2.16.

Swap Agreement ”:  any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be a “Swap Agreement”.

Swingline Lenders ”:  each Lender designated as such by the Borrower, with the consent of such Lender, in a written or telephonic notice to the Administrative Agent for one or more Borrowings of Swingline Loans in an aggregate amount as so consented to by such Lender.

Swingline Loans ”:  as defined in Section 2.3.

Swingline Participation Amount ”:  as defined in Section 2.4.

Syndication Agents ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto.

Taxes ”:  as defined in Section 2.13(a).

Termination Date ”:  January 25, 2019.

Total Commitments ”:  at any time, the aggregate amount of the Commitments then in effect.

18


 

Total Extensions of Credit ”:  at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Extensions of Credit of the Lenders outstanding at such time.

Transferee ”:  any Assignee or Participant.

United States ”:  the United States of America.

U.S. Lender ”: as defined in Section 2.13(f).

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ”:  as to any Person, any other Person all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares required by law) is owned by such Person directly and/or through other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ”: with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

1.2     Other Definitional Provisions.   (a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b)  As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms relating to any Group Member not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP ( provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all accounting or financial terms used herein shall be construed, and all financial computations pursuant hereto shall be made, without giving effect to (x) any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (previously referred to as Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159) (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of any Group Member at “fair value”, as defined therein or (y) any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof), (ii) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, (iii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, and (v) references to agreements or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

(c)  The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

19


 

(d)  The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

2.1 Revolving Commitments .  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (“ Revolving Loans ”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Commitment Period, at such times as the Borrower may request in accordance with Section 2.2, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which, when added to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding, does not exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided ,   however , that (i) no Revolving Loan shall be made to the extent the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans would exceed the Total Commitments, (ii) no Borrowing Base A Loans shall be made to the extent that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Borrowing Base A Loans would exceed  the aggregate Loan Value of the Pledged Eligible Assets (including the Pledged Eligible Assets referred to in Section 2.2(a)(ii) with respect to such Revolving Loan) and (iii) no Borrowing Base B Loans shall be made to the extent that the aggregate amount of all Borrowing Base B Loans would exceed the Borrowing Base B Limit; provided   further that Borrowing Base B Loans may not be borrowed on any date in any rolling period of 90 consecutive days if Borrowing Base B Loans have already been outstanding for 30 days during such period.  During the Commitment Period, the Borrower may borrow, prepay the Revolving Loans in whole or in part, and reborrow, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. 

(b)  The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Loans on the Termination Date.

(c)  The failure of any Lender to make any Revolving Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Revolving Loans as required.

2.2 Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing .    (a) The Borrower may borrow Revolving Loans during the Commitment Period on any Business Day, provided that the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, no later than 4:00 P.M., New York City time, on the requested Borrowing Date, (i) irrevocable notice in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto (a “ Borrowing Request ”), specifying (A) the amount of Revolving Loans to be borrowed, (B) whether such Loans are to be Borrowing Base A Loans or Borrowing Base B Loans or a combination thereof and (C) the requested Borrowing Date and (ii) (A) in the case of Borrowing Base A Loans, a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit G (a “ Pledged Eligible Assets Notice ”) detailing the Pledged Eligible Assets that will secure the requested Loans and (B) in the case of Borrowing Base B Loans, a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit H (a “ Borrowing Base B Limit Notice ”) detailing the Borrowing Base B Limit, after giving effect to the borrowing of the Borrowing Base B Loans requested thereby and application of the proceeds thereof as Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits (which shall not be less than the aggregate principal amount of the Borrowing Base B Loans to be outstanding after giving effect to the Borrowing Base B Loans requested in the related Borrowing Request).  The Borrowing Request and Pledged Eligible Assets Notice, if applicable, shall be delivered by facsimile transmission (with any such transmission deemed delivered upon receipt by Borrower of a facsimile transmission confirmation) to the Loan & Agency and IB Loan Operations Departments of the Administrative Agent at the addresses set forth in Section 10.2.  The Borrower shall give notification, by telephone, to the Administrative Agent that the Borrowing Request and Pledged Eligible Assets Notice, if applicable, have been delivered to the Administrative Agent.  Upon its receipt of a Pledged Eligible Assets Notice, the Administrative Agent shall calculate the Loan Value of the Eligible Assets identified therein, including those referred to in clause (ii), and promptly notify the Borrower if the requirements of Section 2.1(a)(ii) are not satisfied.

20


 

(b)  Each borrowing under the Commitments shall be in an amount equal to $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Commitments are less than $5,000,000, such lesser amount); provided , that each Swingline Lender may request, on behalf of the Borrower, borrowings under the Commitments in other amounts pursuant to Section 2.4.  Upon receipt of any such notice from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof.  Each Lender will make the amount of its pro   rata share of each borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower at the Funding Office promptly, but in any event prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower, in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent.  Such borrowing (or, in the case of a borrowing of Borrowing Base A Loans, the portion thereof which is covered by the Loan Value of the Eligible Assets identified in the applicable Pledged Eligible Assets Notice as calculated by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.2(a)) will then be made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent by its transferring the aggregate amount made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders (or the relevant portion thereof) and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent to a settlement bank for the Borrower or to DTC or NSCC or otherwise as directed by the Borrower, in either case on behalf of the Borrower and as directed by it.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall transfer the proceeds of any Borrowing Base A Loans as set forth above prior to the related pledge of Eligible Assets being confirmed, so long as such Eligible Assets have been identified by the Borrower in a Pledged Eligible Assets Notice as being due to be delivered to it or otherwise become available through DTC on the same day as such Pledged Eligible Assets Notice, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement.

2.3 Swingline Loans.    (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lenders may, in their sole discretion, agree to make a portion of the credit otherwise available to the Borrower under the Commitments from time to time during the Commitment Period by making swing line loans (“ Swingline Loans ”) to the Borrower; provided that (i) the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swingline Loan to refinance or repay any outstanding Swingline Loan and (ii) the Borrower shall not request, and the Swingline Lenders shall not make, any Swingline Loans if, after giving effect to the making of such Swingline Loans, the aggregate amount of the Available Commitments would be less than zero; provided ,   however , that (i) no Swingline Loan shall be made to the extent the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans would exceed the Total Commitments (ii) no Swingline Loan that is a Borrowing Base A Loan shall be made to the extent that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Borrowing Base A Loans would exceed the aggregate Loan Value of the Pledged Eligible Assets (including the Pledged Eligible Assets referred to in Section 2.4(a)(ii) with respect to such Swingline Loan) and (iii) no Swingline Loan that is a Borrowing Base B Loan shall be made to the extent that the aggregate principal amount of all Borrowing Base B Loans would exceed the Borrowing Base B Limit; provided   further that Borrowing Base B Loans may not be borrowed on any date in any rolling period of 90 consecutive days if Borrowing Base B Loans have already been outstanding on 30 days during such period.     During the Commitment Period, the Borrower may borrow, repay the Swingline Loans in whole or in part and reborrow, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. 

(b)  The Borrower shall repay to the Swingline Lenders the then unpaid principal amount of any Swingline Loans on the earlier of the Termination Date and the fourth Business Day after such Swingline Loans are made.

(c)  For the avoidance of doubt, the provision of Swingline Loans by any Swingline Lender shall be in addition to, and shall not relieve such Lender from, its obligation to make Revolving Loans ratably in proportion to the amount of, its Commitment.

2.4 Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans .    (a) The Borrower may borrow Swingline Loans during the Commitment Period on any Business Day, subject to

21


 

the consent of the applicable Swingline Lender or Swingline Lenders, provided that the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, no later than 4:00 P.M. (or such later time as agreed by such Swingline Lender), New York City time, on the requested Borrowing Date, (i) a Borrowing Request specifying (A) the amount of Swingline Loans to be borrowed and the Swingline Lender or Lenders that agreed to make such Swingline Loans (and the respective amounts thereof to be made by them), (B) whether such Loans are to be Borrowing Base A Loans or Borrowing Base B Loans or a combination thereof and (C) the requested Borrowing Date (which shall be a Business Day during the Commitment Period) and (ii) in the case of Borrowing Base A Loans, a Pledged Eligible Assets Notice and in the case of Borrowing Base B Loans, a Borrowing Base B Limit Notice; provided   further that Borrowing Base B Loans may not be borrowed on any date in any rolling period of 90 consecutive days if Borrowing Base B Loans have already been outstanding on 30 days during such period.  The Borrowing Request and Pledged Eligible Assets Notice, if applicable, shall be delivered by facsimile transmission (with any such transmission deemed delivered upon receipt by the Borrower of a facsimile transmission confirmation) to the Loan & Agency and IB Loan Operations Departments of the Administrative Agent at the addresses set forth in Section 10.2, with a copy to each applicable Swingline Lender.  The Borrower shall give notification, by telephone, to the Administrative Agent that the Borrowing Request has been delivered to the Administrative Agent.  Each Swingline Lender that has agreed to make Swingline Loans covered by such request shall promptly confirm such agreement to the Administrative Agent.  Upon its receipt of a Pledged Eligible Assets Notice, the Administrative Agent shall calculate the Loan Value of the Pledged Eligible Assets, including those referred to in clause (ii), and promptly notify the Borrower and each applicable Swingline Lender if the requirements of Section 2.3(a)(ii) are not satisfied.

(b)  Each borrowing of Swingline Loans shall be in an amount equal to $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and shall be made by the applicable Swingline Lender or Lenders.  Not later than 5:00 P.M. (or, if earlier, within one hour following the Borrowing Request with respect thereto) on the Borrowing Date specified in a notice in respect of Swingline Loans, each Swingline Lender participating in such Swingline Loans shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount of such Swingline Loans to be made by such Swingline Lender.  The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Swingline Loan (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Borrowing Base A Loans, the portion thereof which is covered by the Loan Value of the Pledged Eligible Assets as calculated by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.4(a)) available to the Borrower on such Borrowing Date by its transferring the aggregate amount made available to the Administrative Agent by such Swingline Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent to a settlement bank for the Borrower or to DTC or NSCC or otherwise as directed by the Borrower, in either case on behalf of the Borrower and as directed by it.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall transfer the proceeds of any Swingline Loans that are Borrowing Base A Loans as set forth above prior to the related pledge of Eligible Assets being confirmed, so long as such Eligible Assets have been identified by the Borrower in a Pledged Eligible Assets Notice as being due to be delivered to it or otherwise become available through DTC on the same day as such Pledged Eligible Assets Notice, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement.

(c)  Each Swingline Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion may, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably directs each Swingline Lender to act on its behalf), on notice given by such Swingline Lender on any Business Day no later than 4:00 P.M., New York City time to the Administrative Agent, which will in turn promptly notify each Lender, request each Lender to make, and each Lender hereby agrees to make, a Revolving Loan, in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount of the Swingline Loans (the “ Refunded Swingline Loans ”) outstanding on the date of such notice, to repay the Swingline Lenders.  Each Lender shall make the amount of such Revolving Loan available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office in immediately available funds promptly, but in any event prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time,

22


 

on the date of such notice.  The proceeds of such Revolving Loans shall be immediately made available by the Administrative Agent to the Swingline Lenders on a ratable basis for application by the Swingline Lenders to the repayment of the Refunded Swingline Loans.  The Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Swingline Lender to charge the Borrower’s accounts with the Administrative Agent (up to the amount available in each such account) in order to immediately pay the amount of such Refunded Swingline Loans to the extent amounts received from the Lenders are not sufficient to repay in full such Refunded Swingline Loans (with the proceeds of any such charge to be shared on a ratable basis with the other Swingline Lender in a manner consistent with the procedures described in Section 10.7(a)).

(d)  If prior to the time a Revolving Loan would have otherwise been made pursuant to Section 2.4(c), one of the events described in Section 8(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower or if for any other reason, as determined by any Swingline Lender in its sole discretion, Revolving Loans may not be made as contemplated by Section 2.4(c), each Lender shall, on the date such Revolving Loan was to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 2.4(c), purchase for cash an undivided participating interest in the then outstanding Swingline Loans by paying to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the applicable Swingline Lenders on a ratable basis an amount (the “ Swingline Participation Amount ”) equal to (i) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding that were to have been repaid with such Revolving Loans.

(e)  Whenever, at any time after a Swingline Lender has received from any Lender such Lender’s Swingline Participation Amount in respect of the Swingline Loans made by such Swingline Lender, a Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of the Swingline Loans, such Swingline Lender will distribute to such Lender through the Administrative Agent its Swingline Participation Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s participating interest was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments, to reflect such Lender’s pro   rata portion of such payment if such payment is not sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swingline Loans by such Swingline Lender then due); provided ,   however , that in the event that such payment received by such Swingline Lender is required to be returned, such Lender will return to such Swingline Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it by such Swingline Lender.

(f)  Each Lender’s obligation to purchase participating interests pursuant to Section 2.4(d) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender or the Borrower may have against a Swingline Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 4, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Lender or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

2.5 Commitment Fees, etc .    (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (subject to Section 2.16) a commitment fee for the period from and including the date hereof to the last day of the Commitment Period, computed at the Commitment Fee Rate on the average daily amount of the Available Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on each Fee Payment Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof.

23


 

(b)  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees in the amounts and on the dates as set forth in any agreements with the Administrative Agent and to perform any other obligations contained therein.

2.6 Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments .  The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Commitments; provided that no such termination or reduction of Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Total Extensions of Credit would exceed the Total Commitments.  Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $5,000,000, or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, and shall reduce permanently the Commitments then in effect.

2.7 Optional Prepayments .  The Borrower may at any time prior to 4:00 P.M., New York City Time, on any Business Day, prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the date of such prepayment, which notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Borrowing Base A Loans or Borrowing Base B Loans.  Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.  If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.  Partial prepayments of Revolving Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.  Partial prepayments of Swingline Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. 

2.8 Daily Calculation of Loan Value; Mandatory Prepayments; Release of Pledged Eligible Assets .    (a) At or prior to 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on each Business Day on which any Borrowing Base A Loans shall remain outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall calculate the Loan Value of the Pledged Eligible Assets (which calculation shall be made as of the close of business on the previous Business Day) and shall promptly provide such calculation to the Borrower.  In the event that the Administrative Agent determines that the aggregate principal amount of Borrowing Base A Loans outstanding on such Business Day exceeds the Loan Value of such Pledged Eligible Assets (a “ Deficiency ”), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of such Deficiency in writing (any such notice, a “ Deficiency Notice ”).  In the event of a Deficiency, the Borrower shall, within one Business Day of receipt of a Deficiency Notice, either prepay Borrowing Base A Loans in an amount at least equal to such Deficiency or pledge additional Eligible Assets with a Loan Value at least equal to such Deficiency.

(b)  At or prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on each Business Day on which any Borrowing Base B Loans shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a Borrowing Base B Limit Notice as of such Business Day.  In the event that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Borrowing Base B Loans exceeds the Borrowing Base B Limit, the Borrower shall, on such Business Day, prepay Borrowing Base B Loans in an amount sufficient to cure such deficiency.  The Borrower shall also prepay the Borrowing Base B Loans in full on the first Business Day on which Borrowing Base B Loans have been outstanding for more than 30 days in any rolling period of 90 consecutive days.

(c)  Any Pledged Eligible Asset shall be released from the pledge thereof in favor of the Lenders promptly upon the request of the Borrower; provided that (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at such time and (ii) a Deficiency would not be in existence after giving effect to such release and the anticipated receipt anytime on the date of such release of any cash proceeds to be used for the prepayment of Borrowing Base A Loans or additional Eligible Assets identified by the Borrower to be

24


 

used as substitute Pledged Eligible Assets.  For the avoidance of doubt, if the requirements in clauses (i) and (ii) above are satisfied, the Administrative Agent shall release Pledged Eligible Assets prior to its receipt of the cash proceeds relating to the settlement of a sale of such Pledged Eligible Assets or the confirmation of a pledge to it of substitute Eligible Assets, so long as such cash proceeds or substitute Eligible Assets (including the source thereof) have been identified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent as being due to be received by it on the same day.

(d)  Any prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.8 shall be accompanied by a notice delivered to the Administrative Agent specifying the date and amount of such prepayment and whether such prepayment is of Borrowing Base A Loans or Borrowing Base B Loans.

2.9 Interest Rates and Payment Dates .    (a)  Each Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

(b)  (i) If any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate then applicable to the Loans plus 2% from the date of such non‑payment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment) and (ii) if any Eligible Assets referred to in the last sentence of Section 2.2(b) are not pledged prior to the close of the DTC free pledge process on the same day as the Pledged Eligible Assets Notice relating to such Eligible Assets, if an Event of Default specified in Section 8 (c)(ii) shall occur and be continuing, the portion of the Borrowing Base A Loans then outstanding not covered by the Loan Value of the Pledged Eligible Assets shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate then applicable to the Loans plus 2%.

(c)  Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that (i) interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section shall be payable from time to time on demand and (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment.

2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees .    (a)  Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed.  The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Federal Funds Rate.  Any change in the interest rate on a Loan shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective.  The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

(b)  Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error.  The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower, deliver to the Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.11(a).

2.11 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments .    (a)  Each borrowing of Revolving Loans by the Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by the Borrower on account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the Commitments of the Lenders shall be made pro   rata according to the Applicable Percentages of the Lenders at the time thereof.

25


 

(b)  Subject to Section 2.16, each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans shall be made pro   rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Lenders.

(c)  All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall, except as otherwise provided herein, be made prior to 4:00 P.M., New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the Funding Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds.  Subject to Section 2.16, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received.  If any payment hereunder becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding sentence, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

(d)  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to its receipt of a Borrowing Request with respect to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon, at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent.  A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  If such Lender’s share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days after such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to Loans, on demand, from the Borrower.

(e)  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Borrower prior to the date of any payment due to be made by the Borrower hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower is making such payment, and the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Lenders their respective pro   rata shares of a corresponding amount.  If such payment is not made to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower within three Business Days after such due date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover, on demand, from each Lender to which any amount which was made available pursuant to the preceding sentence, such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrower.

2.12 Requirements of Law .    (a)  If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law, including regarding capital adequacy, taxation, liquidity requirements or required or targeted reserves or special deposits, or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive, including regarding capital adequacy, taxation, liquidity requirements or required or targeted reserves or special deposits (whether or not having the force of law), from any Governmental Authority, made subsequent to the date hereof shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or

26


 

such corporation’s capital or assets as a consequence of its obligations or Loans hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, after submission by such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such corporation for such reduction.  This Section 2.12 shall not apply with respect to any (i)Excluded Taxes, (ii)Non-Excluded Taxes imposed (x) on or with respect to any payments pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or (y) on gross or net income, profits, or revenue (including franchise taxes imposed in lieu of net income taxes or value-added or similar taxes), or (iii) Other Taxes, in each case, whether or not Borrower is responsible for such taxes pursuant to Section 2.13 (for the absence of doubt, the Borrower’s responsibility for any taxes pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall be without duplication of any additional amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.13).

(b)  A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by any Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any amounts incurred more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that, if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such nine-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect.  The obligations of the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

2.13 Taxes . (a)  Except as otherwise provided by law, all payments made by or on account of any Loan Party under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions, withholdings or other charges now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto (such amounts, “ Taxes ”).  If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is not an Excluded Tax (“ Non-Excluded   Taxes ”), then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.13) the applicable recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made. 

(b)  In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c)  Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof or, if such receipt is not available from the Governmental Authority, other documentary evidence reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.  Without duplication of any additional amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.13(a), if (i) the applicable Loan Party fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority (and after having had the ability to contest in good faith the payment of such Taxes), (ii) the Borrower fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence or (iii) any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are directly imposed on the

27


 

Administrative Agent or any Lender, the Loan Parties shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any such Taxes that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure or direct imposition, whether or not such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or assessed by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent or Lender provides proper documentation of the amount owing to such Governmental Authority.

(d)  Each Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent for the full amount of any Taxes that are attributable to such Lender (including any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.6 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register) and that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent, together with all interest, penalties, reasonable costs and expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, as determined by the Administrative Agent in good faith. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e)  Each Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of any applicable withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate; provided that such Lender is legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such documentation and, with respect to any non-U.S. withholding taxes, in such Lender’s judgment the completion, execution or submission of any such documentation prescribed by the applicable law of such jurisdiction (other than any documentation prescribed by the applicable law of the jurisdiction in which such Lender is organized or its lending office is located) would not materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender or subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost.

(f)  Without limiting the generality of Section 2.13(e) above, each Lender that is not a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “ Non‑U.S. Lender ” and any other lender, a “ U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been acquired) two copies of either U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, as applicable, or, in the case of a Non‑U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit E and an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, in each case, properly completed and duly executed by such Non‑U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or a reduced rate of, U.S. federal withholding tax on all payments by or on behalf of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;.  Such forms shall be delivered by each Non‑U.S. Lender on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of any Participant, on or before the date such Participant acquires the related participation).  In the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that is not the beneficial owner of any portion of any sums paid or payable to such Lender under this Agreement, including a Non-U.S. Lender that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two properly completed and duly executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, together with the appropriate IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, W-9 and/or portfolio interest certificate with respect to each beneficial owner, and any other certificate or statement of exemption required under the Code or the regulations thereunder, to establish that any such amounts may be received without deduction for, or at a reduced rate of, United States federal withholding tax,  In addition, each Non‑U.S. Lender shall update such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Non‑U.S. Lender.  Each Non-U.S. Lender shall promptly notify the

28


 

Borrower and the Administrative Agent at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate or form to the Borrower.  Each U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or in the case of a Participant, to the Lender from which the related Participation shall have been purchased) two copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying such U.S. Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal withholding tax.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, a Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this paragraph that such Lender is not legally able to deliver.  If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to comply with its obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender's obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.

(g)  If the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.13, it shall pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.13 with respect to the Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided , that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest (to the extent accrued from the date such refund is paid over to the Borrower) or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This paragraph shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

(h)  The agreements in this Section 2.13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

2.14 Change of Lending Office.   Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.12 or 2.13(a) with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided , that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided ,   further , that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.13(a).

2.15 Replacement of Lenders.    (a)  The Borrower shall be permitted to replace, or terminate the Commitment of, any Lender that (A) requests or becomes entitled to (and does not waive) reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.13(a) or (B) becomes a Defaulting Lender; provided that (x) in the case of a replacement (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such

29


 

replacement, (iii) prior to any such replacement, such Lender shall have taken no action under Section 2.14 that has eliminated the continued need for payment of amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.13, (iv) the replacement financial institution shall purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date of replacement, (v) the replacement financial institution shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Swingline Lender, if any, that holds Swingline Loans outstanding at the time of such replacement (such approvals not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (vi) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6 (provided that the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein), and (vii) until such time as such replacement shall be consummated, the Borrower shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.13, as the case may be, and (y) any such replacement or termination shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

(b)  If, in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination pursuant to Section 10.1 (a “ Proposed Change ”) requiring the consent of all affected Lenders, the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained, but the consent of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described in this clause (b) being referred to as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), then, a Person or Persons designated by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and each Swingline Lender, if any, that holds Swingline Loans at such time, shall have the right (but shall have no obligation) to purchase from such Non-Consenting Lenders, and such Non-Consenting Lenders agree that they shall, upon the Borrower’s request, sell and assign to such Person or Persons, all of the Loans and Commitments of such Non-Consenting Lenders for an amount equal to the principal balance of all Loans held by the Non-Consenting Lenders and all accrued interest and fees with respect thereto through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated at par pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption; provided that such Person shall not be the Borrower or any of its Affiliates.

2.16 Defaulting Lenders .  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a)  fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.5;

(b)  the Commitment and Loans of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders, the Supermajority Lenders or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to Section 10.1), provided that any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender which affects such Defaulting Lender disproportionately when compared to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender; provided further that the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender cannot be increased or extended without such Defaulting Lender’s consent;  

(c)  unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise) shall, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated account and, subject to any applicable requirements of law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (i) first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (ii) second , to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this

30


 

Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, and (iii) third , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction. .    

The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.16 are in addition to all other rights and remedies which the Borrower may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Funding Default and which the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Funding Default.

2.17 Incremental Commitments . (a)  The Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time, request Incremental Commitments in an amount not to exceed the Incremental Amount from one or more Incremental Lenders (which may include any existing Lender) willing to provide such Incremental Commitments, as the case may be, in their own discretion;   provided , that (i) each Incremental Lender shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and each Swingline Lender (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) unless such Incremental Lender is a Lender, and (ii) each Incremental Commitment shall be on the same terms as the existing Commitments and in all respects shall become a part of the Commitments hereunder on such terms; provided, that, the Applicable Margin and Commitment Fee Rate applicable to the then-existing Commitments shall automatically be increased (but in no event decreased) to the extent necessary to cause any Incremental Commitment to comply with this clause (ii).  Such notice shall set forth (i)the amount of the Incremental Commitments being requested (which shall be in minimum increments of $1,000,000 and a minimum amount of $10,000,000 (or such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent may agree) or equal to the remaining Incremental Amount), (ii)the aggregate amount of Incremental Commitments, which shall not exceed the Incremental Amount, and (iii)the date on which such Incremental Commitments are requested to become effective (the “ Increased Amount Date ”).

(b)  The Borrower and each Incremental Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Assumption Agreement.  Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Assumption Agreement, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to increase the Commitments by the amount of the Incremental Commitments evidenced thereby.  Any such deemed amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrowers’ consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.

(c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incremental Commitment shall become effective under this Section 2.17 unless (i)on the date of such effectiveness, the conditions set forth in paragraphs (c) and (d) of Section 4.2 shall be satisfied and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, and (ii)the Administrative Agent shall have received legal opinions, board resolutions and other closing certificates and documentation to the extent reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, in each case consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date under Section 4.1 and such additional documents and filings as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to assure that the Revolving Loans in respect of Incremental Commitments are secured by the Collateral ratably with all other Revolving Loans.

(d)  Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent may take any and all action as may be reasonably necessary to ensure all Revolving Loans in respect of Incremental Commitments, when originally made, are included in each Borrowing of outstanding Revolving Loans on a pro rata basis.

31


 

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans, each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender that:

3.1 Financial Condition .  The audited consolidated balance sheets of each Loan Party and its respective Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates, reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report from KPMG LLP, present fairly the consolidated financial condition of each Loan Party and its respective Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results of their operations and consolidated cash flows for the respective fiscal years then ended.  The unaudited consolidated balance sheets of each Loan Party and its respective Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017 and September 30, 2017, the unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2017 and the Quarterly Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for its fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2017, present fairly the consolidated financial condition of each Loan Party and its respective Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results of their operations and consolidated cash flows for the nine- or three-month, as the case may be, period then ended (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments).  All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein).  As of the Closing Date, the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, have no material Guarantee Obligations, material contingent liabilities or material liabilities for Taxes, or any long‑term leases or unusual forward or long‑term commitments, including any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of derivatives, that are not reflected in the most recent financial statements referred to in this paragraph, referred in the notes thereto, or under the heading “Legal Proceedings” of the Guarantor’s Form 10-Q, filed November 7, 2017 (for the period ended September 30, 2017) or listed on Schedule 3.1 hereto.

3.2 No Change.  Except for matters that are specifically described in the first, second or third paragraphs under the heading “Contingencies – Legal Matters” of the Guarantor’s Form 10-Q, filed November 7, 2017 (for the period ended September 30, 2017), and (x) with respect to such first paragraph, any claims resulting from the settlement described therein or other matters directly arising out of the facts previously publicly disclosed with respect to the investigation described therein and (y) with respect to such second and third paragraphs, any class action or shareholder derivative proceedings related to such matters, since December 31, 2016, there has been no development or event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.3 Existence; Compliance with Law.  Each Material Group Member (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) in the case of each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary, has obtained the Broker-Dealer Licenses and Memberships and Broker-Dealer Registrations, which, in each case, are the licenses, memberships and registrations necessary in the normal conduct of its business, (d) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other organization and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification and (e) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except, in the case of clauses (c), (d) and (e) above, to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

32


 

3.4 Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations.  Each Loan Party has the power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder.  Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority, FINRA or any other Person is required in connection with the extensions of credit hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, except (i) consents, authorizations, filings and notices described in Schedule 3.4, which consents, authorizations, filings and notices have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) the filings referred to in Section 3.18 or (iii) such other consents, authorizations, filings and notices the failure to receive or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party party thereto.  This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

3.5 No Legal Bar.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any Requirement of Law or any material Contractual Obligation of any Group Member and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any material Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or any such material Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents). 

3.6 Litigation.  Except for matters that are specifically described in the first, second or third paragraphs under the heading “Contingencies – Legal Matters” of the Guarantor’s Form 10-Q, filed November 7, 2017 (for the period ended September 30, 2017), and (x) with respect to such first paragraph, any claims resulting from the settlement described therein or other matters directly arising out of the facts previously publicly disclosed with respect to the investigation described therein and (y) with respect to such second and third paragraphs, any class action or shareholder derivative proceedings related to such matters, no litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority or FINRA is pending or, to the knowledge any Loan Party, threatened by or against any Group Member or against any of their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (b) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.7 No Default.  No Group Member is in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any respect that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

3.8 Ownership of Property; Liens.  Each Group Member has title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its other property, except in each case as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and none of such property of the Guarantor is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 6.2.

3.9 Intellectual Property.  Each Material Group Member owns, or is licensed to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted, except as may

33


 

have been disclosed in a Loan Party’s filings with the SEC prior to the date hereof, no claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual Property, nor does any Loan Party know of any valid basis for any such claim, and the use of Intellectual Property by each Material Group Member does not infringe on the rights of any Person in any respect, except in each case as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.10 Taxes.  Each Group Member has filed or caused to be filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all Taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other Taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority other than (a) any Taxes the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member or (b) except in the case of filing consolidated Federal income tax returns, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  To the knowledge of any Loan Party, no material tax lien (other than any lien described in Section 6.2(a)) has been filed with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge.

3.11 Federal Regulations.    (a) The Borrower is an “exempted borrower” within the meaning of such quoted term under Regulation U, and no part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board.

(b)  Each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary is a broker and dealer subject to the provisions of Regulation T of the Board.  Each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary maintains procedures and internal controls reasonably designed to ensure that such Broker-Dealer Subsidiary does not extend or maintain credit to or for its customers other than in accordance with the provisions of Regulation T, and members of each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary regularly supervise its activities and the activities of members and employees of such Broker-Dealer Subsidiary to insure that such Broker-Dealer Subsidiary does not extend or maintain credit to or for its customers other than in accordance with the provisions of Regulation T, except for occasional inadvertent failures to comply with Regulation T in connection with transactions which are not material either in number or amount.

3.12 ERISA . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.12, neither a Reportable Event nor a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Sections 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred during the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made with respect to any Plan, and each Plan has complied in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code.  No termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred, and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan has arisen, during such five-year period.  The present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits by a material amount and there has been no determination that any Single Employer Plan is in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA).  No Loan Party or Commonly Controlled Entity has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a material liability under ERISA, and no Loan Party or any Commonly Controlled Entity would become subject to any material liability under ERISA if any such Loan Party or any such Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made.  No such Multiemployer Plan is Insolvent, and no Loan Party or Commonly Controlled Entity

34


 

has received a notice of a determination that any Multiemployer Plan is in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA).

3.13 Membership in FINRA; Registration, etc  Each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary that (a) is a Domestic Subsidiary is a member in good standing of FINRA and is duly registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and in each state where the conduct of a material portion of its business requires such registration and (b) is not a Domestic Subsidiary is duly registered as a broker-dealer with the applicable governing body where the conduct of its business requires such registration.  Each Loan Party is not an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  No Loan Party is subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than Regulation X of the Board) that limits its ability to borrow Loans under the provisions hereof.

3.14 Subsidiaries.  Except as disclosed to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower in writing from time to time after the Closing Date, (a)Schedule 3.14 sets forth the name and jurisdiction of incorporation of each Subsidiary of a Loan Party and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of issued Capital Stock owned by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party and (b)all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of such Subsidiaries have been (to the extent such concepts are relevant with respect to such ownership interests) duly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.

3.15 Use of Proceeds.    (a) The proceeds of the Borrowing Base A Loans shall be used to meet the liquidity needs of the Borrower arising as a result of or in connection with (i)  financing security positions arising from non-standard settlements, (ii) financing security positions arising from disruptions caused by a default of a depositary or the rejection of securities deliveries in connection with executed trades or due to problems with the Fed Wire or other money transfer system , (iii) financing failed settlements, (iv)   clearing fund deposit requirements, (v) on the Closing Date, refinancing any amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement or (vi) other working capital purposes. 

(b)  The proceeds of the Borrowing Base B Loans shall only be used to satisfy NSCC Deposit Requirements.

3.16 Environmental Matters.  Except as, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a)  the facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by any Group Member (the “ Properties ”) do not contain, and have not previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute or constituted a violation of, or could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law;

(b)  no Group Member has received or is aware of any notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Properties or the business operated by any Group Member (the “ Business ”), nor does any Loan Party have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened;

(c)  Materials of Environmental Concern have not been transported or disposed of from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law, nor have any Materials of Environmental Concern been generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law;

35


 

(d)  no judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is or will be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business;

(e)  there has been no release or threat of release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or from the Properties, or arising from or related to the operations of any Group Member in connection with the Properties or otherwise in connection with the Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental Laws;

(f)  the Properties and all operations at the Properties are in compliance, and have in the last five years been in compliance, with all applicable Environmental Laws, and there is no contamination at, under or about the Properties or violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business; and

(g)  no Group Member has assumed any liability of any other Person under Environmental Laws.

3.17 Accuracy of Information, etc.  No statement or information contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Confidential Information Memorandum or any other document, certificate or statement furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, taken as a whole, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished (or, in the case of the Confidential Information Memorandum, as of the date of this Agreement), any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading; provided , that the projections and pro   forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount. 

3.18 Security Documents.  The Security Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof.  In the case of the Collateral described in the Security Agreement, when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 3.18(a) in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 3.18(a), the Security Agreement shall create a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Borrower in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement), in each case to the extent perfection can be obtained by filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or such other filings specified on Schedule 3.18(a)), in each case prior and superior in right to any other person (other than Permitted Liens).  In the case of the Collateral described in the Security Agreement a Lien on which can be perfected by control, when the Administrative Agent has control of such Collateral, the Security Agreement shall create a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except for Limited Permitted Liens), except to the extent otherwise provided in the Uniform Commercial Code.

36


 

3.19 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions .  The Borrower and the Guarantor have implemented and maintain in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower, the Guarantor, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Guarantor, the Borrower, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective officers and directors, and to the knowledge of the Borrower and the Guarantor, their respective employees and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and are in compliance with applicable Sanctions in all material respects and are not knowingly engaged in any activity that would reasonably be expected to result in the Borrower or the Guarantor being designated as a Sanctioned Person.  None of (a) the Guarantor, the Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers or employees, or (b)  to the knowledge of the Guarantor or the Borrower, any agent of the Guarantor, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person.  No Borrowing, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by the Credit Agreement will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions. 

3.20 EEA Financial Institutions.  No Loan Party is an EEA Financial Institution.

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1 Conditions to Closing Date .  The effectiveness of this Agreement and the obligation of each Lender to make Loans hereunder is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (if not otherwise waived in accordance with Section 10.1) on the Closing Date:

(a) Credit Agreement; Security Agreement.  The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Guarantor and each Person listed on Schedule 1.1A and (ii) the Security Agreement, executed and delivered by the Borrower.

(b) Financial Statements .  The Administrative Agent shall have received the financial statements referred to in Section 3.1 (it being understood that any public filing of such financials with the SEC shall constitute delivery of such financials).

(c) Approvals .  All governmental and third party approvals (including shareholder approvals, if any) necessary in connection with the continuing operations of the Group Members and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect.

(d) Lien Searches .  The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a recent lien search in each of the jurisdictions and offices in the United States where liens on material assets of the Borrower are required to be filed or recorded.

(e) Fees .  The Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees required to be paid, and all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel), on or before the Closing Date. 

(f) Closing Certificate; Certified Certificate of Incorporation; Good Standing Certificates .  The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, with appropriate insertions and attachments, including the certificate of incorporation of each Loan Party that is a corporation certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party, and (ii) a long form good standing certificate for each Loan Party from its jurisdiction of organization.

37


 

(g) Legal Opinions .  The Administrative Agent shall have received the following executed legal opinions:

(i) the legal opinion of Arnold & Porter Kaye Scholer LLP, counsel to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; and

(ii) the legal opinion of Angélique F.M. DeSanto, general counsel of the Guarantor, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

(h) Filings, Registrations and Recordings .  Each document (including any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement) required by the Security Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.2), shall be in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

(i) Patriot Act and Anti-Money Laundering Legislation .  The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” rules and the Patriot Act reasonably requested by such Person at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date in writing.

(j) Existing Credit Agreement .  The Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been terminated and all amounts thereunder (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) shall have been paid in full and (ii) satisfactory arrangements shall have been made for the termination of all Liens granted in connection therewith. 

4.2 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit.  The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit requested to be made by it on any date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Borrowing Notices .  The Administrative Agent and, in the case of Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender or Swingline Lenders, shall have received a Borrowing Request and a Pledged Eligible Assets Notice or a Borrowing Base B Limit Notice, as applicable and each required telephonic notice provided in Sections 2.2(a) and 2.4(a), as applicable.

(b) DTC Pledge .  With respect to Borrowing Base A Loans, the Borrower shall have instructed DTC to credit the Eligible Assets contemplated to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3, as applicable, as identified in the applicable Pledged Eligible Assets Notice to the pledgee account of the Administrative Agent with DTC upon, if necessary, delivery of such Eligible Assets to the Borrower or payment by it therefor. 

(c) Representations and Warranties .  Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date or, if such representation and warranty relates to a specific date, then as of such date; and, in the case of a Borrowing Base A Loan to be secured with Pledged Eligible Assets from a Non-Diversified Pool, such Pledged Eligible Assets are designated to be delivered by the Borrower pursuant to a purchase or sale transaction at an agreed price.

38


 

(d) No Default .  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

Each borrowing by the Borrower hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this Section 4.2 have been satisfied.

SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Loan Party hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect or any Loan or other amount (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) is owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder, such Loan Party shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

5.1 Financial Statements.

 Furnish to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly furnish such information to the Lenders):

(a) not later than the earlier of (x) 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor and (y) the date on which the same is required to be filed with the SEC, (i) a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year and (ii) a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal year, in each case reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by KPMG LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing; and

(b)  (i) not later than the earlier of (x) 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Guarantor and (y) the date on which the same is required to be filed with the SEC, the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantor as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year‑end audit adjustments), and (ii) not later than 45 days after the end of each quarterly period of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the Part II FOCUS Report of the Borrower for such quarter.

All such financial statements (other than Part II FOCUS Reports) shall fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of each Loan Party to which such financial statements relate and such Loan Party’s respective consolidated Subsidiaries and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied (except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and disclosed in reasonable detail therein) consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods, where applicable.  All such Part II FOCUS Reports shall fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and shall be prepared in reasonable detail.  Documents required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.1 (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered by posting such documents electronically with notice to the Administrative Agent and each Lender thereof and if so posted, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which such Loan Party posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Internet at the Guarantor’s website address at

39


 

www.itg.com; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on such Loan Party’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent).  

5.2 Certificates; Other Information.  Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender (or, in the case of clause (d), to the relevant Lender):

(a) concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1, (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Guarantor stating that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate and (ii) in the case of quarterly or annual financial statements, (x) a Compliance Certificate containing all information and calculations necessary for determining compliance by each Group Member with the provisions of this Agreement referred to therein as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the Borrower, as the case may be, and (y) to the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, a description of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party;

(b) within five Business Days after the same are sent, copies of all financial statements and reports that the Guarantor sends to the public holders of any class of its debt securities or public equity securities, to the extent not otherwise provided on the Internet at the Guarantor’s website address at www.itg.com;

(c) within five Business Days after the end of each calendar month, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower indicating the Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits in effect for each Business Day in the most recently ended calendar month; and

(d) promptly, such additional financial and other information as any Lender may from time to time reasonably request through the Administrative Agent.

5.3 Payment of Obligations.  Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its obligations of whatever nature (including Taxes), except where (a) the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member or (b) such failure would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.4 Maintenance of Existence; Compliance.  (a)(i)  Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, Broker-Dealer Licenses and Memberships, Broker-Dealer Registrations and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 6.3 or Section 6.4(e) and except to the extent (other than with respect to the preservation of the existence of the Loan Parties) that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance.  (a)  Keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all its property in at least such amounts

40


 

and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability, product liability and business interruption) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business.

5.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions.  (a)  Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all material dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (b) upon reasonable prior notice to the Loan Parties, permit representatives of any Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Group Members with officers and employees of the Group Members and with their independent certified public accountants, all at any reasonable time during normal business hours and so often as may reasonably be desired.

5.7 Notices.  Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent and each Lender of (to the extent not promptly delivered on the Internet at the Guarantor’s website address at www.itg.com):

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) any litigation or proceeding affecting any Group Member (i) in which the amount involved is $5,000,000 or more and not covered by insurance or (ii) which relates to any Loan Document;

(c) the following events, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after any Loan Party knows or has reason to know thereof:  (i) the occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan, the determination that any Single Employer Plan is in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA), the creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single-Employer Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or determination that any Multiemployer Plan is in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA), or (ii) the institution of proceedings by the PBGC, any Loan Party, any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from Insolvency of any Multiemployer Plan, the termination of any Single-Employer Plan, or determination that any Multiemployer Plan is in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA);  and

(d) any development or event that, in the reasonable judgment of any Loan Party, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Guarantor setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the relevant Group Member proposes to take with respect thereto.

5.8 Compliance with Regulatory Requirements .  The Borrower will, and the Guarantor will cause each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary to comply with all material rules and regulations of the SEC and FINRA applicable to it (including such rules and regulations dealing with net capital requirements); except where the failure to so comply is immaterial non-compliance with such rules and regulations.

5.9 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions .  The Guarantor and the Borrower will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower, its

41


 

Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions. 

SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Loan Party hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect or any Loan or other amount (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) is owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder, such Loan Party shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

6.1 Financial Condition Covenants .    (a)  Maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio .  Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at any time of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries to exceed 1.50 to 1.00.

(b)  Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth .  Permit Consolidated Tangible Net Worth at any time to be less than (i) with respect to the Borrower, $140,000,000 or (ii) with respect to the Guarantor, $200,000,000.

(c)  Minimum Regulatory Capital .  Permit the Net Capital of the Borrower at any time to be less than $50,000,000 in excess of the minimum amount of Net Capital required by the Exchange Act.

(d)  Minimum Liquidity Ratio . Permit the Liquidity Ratio of the Borrower at any time to be less than 1.0 to 1.0.

6.2 Liens.

Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property of the Guarantor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

(a) Liens for Taxes not yet due or that are being contested in good faith; provided that, to the extent required, adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Guarantor in conformity with GAAP;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(c) pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;

(d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and that do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Guarantor;

(f) Liens in existence on the date hereof listed on Schedule 6.2(f) and Liens incurred to secure any Indebtedness to refinance Indebtedness secured by such Liens; provided that no such Lien is spread to cover any additional property after the Closing Date (other than (A) after-

42


 

acquired property that is related to the property covered by such Lien and (B) proceeds and products of such property) and that the principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased;

(g) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Guarantor; provided that (i) such security interests are incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iii) such security interests shall not apply to any other property of the Guarantor (other than (A) after-acquired property that is related to the property covered by such Lien and (B) proceeds and products of such property);

(h) Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents;

(i) any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by the Guarantor in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased;

(j) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Guarantor; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Guarantor and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition, and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof as of such date;

(k) Liens incidental to the conduct of its business or the ownership of its property and assets which were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit, and which do not in the aggregate detract from the value of its property or assets or impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;

(l) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8(h) or securing appeal or other surety bonds relating to such judgments;

(m) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Guarantor; provided that such Indebtedness is stated to mature after (and includes no fixed repayment or repurchase obligations other than customary amortization and customary mandatory prepayments or redemptions for similar Indebtedness prior to) the date that is 180 days after the Termination Date;

(n) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Guarantor if the obligations of the Guarantor under Section 7 are secured equally and ratably with or senior to the Liens securing such Indebtedness; provided that if requested by the Borrower with respect to such Liens, the Administrative Agent shall (and is hereby authorized to), on behalf of itself and the Lenders, enter into an intercreditor agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent providing that such new Liens will be secured equally and ratably with, or junior to (as directed by the Borrower) the Liens granted in respect of the such obligations under Section 7, on customary terms;

(o) Liens on fixed assets owned by and leaseholds of the Guarantor; provided that the aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding of obligations secured by such Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (o) shall not exceed $35,000,000; and

43


 

(p) any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements) in whole or in part of any Lien referred to in clauses (f), (g) and (j); provided that (i) the obligations secured thereby shall be limited to the obligations secured by the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced (and, to the extent provided in the foregoing clauses, extensions, renewals and replacements thereof) and (ii) such Lien shall be limited to all or a part of the assets that secured the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced (and any (A) after-acquired property that is related to the property covered by such Lien and (B) proceeds and products of such property).

6.3 Fundamental Changes.   Merge, consolidate or amalgamate, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business, except that:

(a) the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with any Person; provided that (A) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Borrower, the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation and (B) in the case of any merger or consolidation involving the Guarantor, the Guarantor shall be the surviving Person;

(b) any Subsidiary of the Guarantor (other than the Borrower) may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (i) to the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or (ii) pursuant to a Disposition permitted by Section 6.4;

(c) any Investment expressly permitted by Section 6.7 may be structured as a merger, consolidation or amalgamation; and

(d) any Subsidiary of the Guarantor (other than the Borrower) may liquidate, wind up or dissolve if the Guarantor determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Loan Parties and the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders.

6.4 Disposition of Property.   Dispose of any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary, issue or sell any shares of such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to any Person, except:

(a) the Disposition of obsolete or worn out property in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the sale of inventory and other assets (including securities and derivatives) in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions permitted by clause (i) of Section 6.3(b);

(d) the sale or issuance of the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Guarantor (other than the Borrower) to any Group Member;

(e)  (i) the sale by any Loan Party of its property or assets to another Loan Party, (ii) the sale by any Subsidiary of the Guarantor (other than the Borrower) of its property or assets to another Group Member;

(f) any Restricted Payment or Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 6.5 or 6.7, respectively;

44


 

(g) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(h) sales or grants of licenses or sublicenses to use the Guarantor’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ trademarks, patents, trade secrets, know-how or other intellectual property and technology to the extent that such sale, license or sublicense does not prohibit the licensor from using such trademark, patent, trade secret, know-how, technology or other intellectual property and is in the ordinary course of business;

(i) the sale by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries of computer and other similar equipment not to exceed $30,000,000 in the aggregate;

(j) any Disposition of property or issuance or sale of any shares of the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Guarantor (other than the Borrower) so long as (i)no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would exist after giving effect thereto, (ii)such Disposition to a Person that is not a Group Member is for consideration at least equivalent to the fair market value of such property or Capital Stock and (iii)the Guarantor shall be in compliance, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Disposition, with the covenants contained in Section 6.1 recomputed as at the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries as if such Disposition had occurred on the first day of each relevant period for testing such compliance; and

(k) the Disposition of any property in a Sale/Leaseback Transaction within six months of the acquisition of such property.

6.5 Restricted Payments.  Declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable solely in common stock of the Person making such dividend) on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of the Guarantor, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of the Guarantor (collectively, “ Restricted Payments ”), except that the Guarantor may make Restricted Payments so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would exist after giving effect thereto.

6.6 Capital Expenditures.  Make or commit to make any Capital Expenditure, except (a)Capital Expenditures described on Schedule 6.6 hereto and (b)Capital Expenditures of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business not exceeding $40,000,000 per fiscal year; provided , that such amount referred to above, if not so expended in the fiscal year for which it is permitted, may be carried over for expenditure in any succeeding fiscal year.

6.7 Investments.  Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guaranty or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make any other investment in, any other Person (all of the foregoing, “ Investments ”), except:

(a) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

(b) investments in Cash Equivalents (and other Investments in the ordinary course of a broker-dealer business);

45


 

(c) Guarantee Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries of obligations of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary;

(d) loans and advances to employees of any Group Member in the ordinary course of business (including for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses) in an aggregate amount for all Group Members not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(e) other Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions;

(f) intercompany Investments by any Group Member in another Group Member;

(g) Investments consisting of extensions of credit entered into or made or that are received in the ordinary course of business in accordance with normal practice and Investments in Swap Agreements;

(h) Investments existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.7(h) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof; provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except by the terms of such Investment as in effect on the date hereof or as otherwise permitted by this Section 6.7; and

(i) in addition to Investments otherwise expressly permitted by this Section, any Investment by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries so long as (i)no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would exist after giving effect thereto and (ii)the Guarantor shall be in compliance, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Investment, with the covenants contained in Section 6.1 recomputed as at the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries as if such Investment had occurred on the first day of each relevant period for testing such compliance.

6.8 Transactions with Affiliates.  Enter into any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than any other Group Member) unless such transaction is (a) (i) otherwise permitted under this Agreement, (ii) in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Group Member, or (iii) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the relevant Group Member than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate or (b) a Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.5. 

6.9 Changes in Fiscal Periods.  Permit the fiscal year of a Loan Party to end on a day other than December 31 or change a Loan Party’s method of determining fiscal quarters.

6.10 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions .  The Borrower will not request any Borrowing, and the Borrower shall not use, and shall procure that its Subsidiaries and its or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not use, the proceeds of any Borrowing directly or, to their knowledge, indirectly (a) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (b) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, or (c) in any manner that would result in the violation of  any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

6.11 Lines of Business.  Enter into any business (including, for the avoidance of doubt, through any Investment permitted by Section 6.7), either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the Closing Date

46


 

and businesses similar, ancillary, complementary or otherwise reasonably related thereto or that are a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof.

SECTION 7. GUARANTEE 

7.1 Guarantee

(a)  The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations.  Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of the Guarantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by the Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to the insolvency of debtors.

(b)  The Guarantor agrees that the Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of the Guarantor hereunder without impairing the guarantee contained in this Section 7 or affecting the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder.

(c)  The guarantee contained in this Section 7 shall remain in full force and effect until all the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) and the obligations of the Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 7 shall have been satisfied by payment in full and the Commitments shall be terminated, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement the Borrower may be free from any Obligations.

(d)  No payment made by the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Administrative Agent or any Lender from the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of the Guarantor hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment (other than any payment made by the Guarantor in respect of the Obligations or any payment received or collected from the Guarantor in respect of the Obligations), remain liable for the Obligations up to the maximum liability of the Guarantor hereunder until the Obligations are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated.

7.2 No Subrogation .  Notwithstanding any payment made by the Guarantor hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of the Guarantor by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, the Guarantor shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrower or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall the Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Borrower in respect of payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders by the Borrower on account of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated.  If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by the Guarantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, segregated from other funds of the Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by the Guarantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received by the Guarantor (duly indorsed by the

47


 

Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as the Administrative Agent may determine.

7.3 Amendments, etc. with respect to the Obligations .  The Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against the Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by the Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be rescinded by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and any of the Obligations continued, and the Obligations, or the liability of any other Person upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, increased, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, and this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, the Supermajority Lenders or all Lenders, as the case may be) may deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for the guarantee contained in this Section 7 or any property subject thereto. 

7.4 Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional .  The Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the guarantee contained in this Section 7 or acceptance of the guarantee contained in this Section 7; the Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended, increased or waived, in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 7; and all dealings between the Borrower and the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 7.  The Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the Borrower or the Guarantor with respect to the Obligations.  The Guarantor understands and agrees that the guarantee contained in this Section 7 shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any of the Obligations or any other collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by the Borrower or any other Person against the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Borrower or the Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Borrower for the Obligations, or of the Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 7, in bankruptcy or in any other instance.  When making any demand hereunder or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against the Guarantor, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the Borrower or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Borrower or any other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the Borrower or any other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve the Guarantor of any obligation or liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as

48


 

a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Guarantor.  For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

7.5 Reinstatement .  The guarantee contained in this Section 7 shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or the Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or the Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

7.6 Payments .  The Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Administrative Agent without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars at the Funding Office.

SECTION 8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within five days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate (including any certification of any financial statement) furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

(c)  (i) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section 6 hereof or (ii) the Borrower shall fail to cure the Deficiency, if any, arising as a result of its failure to effect a DTC pledge of any Eligible Assets referred to in the last sentence of Section 2.2(b) prior to the close of the DTC free pledge process on the same day as the Pledged Eligible Assets Notice relating to such Eligible Assets has been furnished to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that any such Deficiency shall be deemed cured upon repayment by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent of an amount equal to such Deficiency by 4:00 P.M. New York City time on such date); or

(d) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

(e) any Material Group Member shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation, but excluding the Loans and the Guarantee Obligations with respect thereto described in Section 7 hereof) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained

49


 

in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause (with all applicable grace periods having expired), with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity (or, in the case of any Swap Agreement, other than in accordance with its terms); provided , that a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate $25,000,000; or

(f)  (i) any Material Group Member shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding‑up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or any Material Group Member shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Material Group Member any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Material Group Member any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any Material Group Member shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) any Material Group Member shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g)  (i) any Person shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any failure to satisfy the minimum funding standards (as defined in Sections 412 or 430 of the Code or 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan, any Single Employer Plan shall be determined to be in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA), or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single-Employer Plan shall arise on the assets of any Loan Party or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders, likely to result in the termination of such Single Employer Plan under Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate under Title IV of ERISA, (v) any Loan Party or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders is likely to, incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency of, a Multiemployer Plan or a determination that such Multiemployer Plan is, or the determination that a Multiemployer Plan is expected to be, in “endangered” or “critical status” (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA), or (vi) any other event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (vi)

50


 

above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(h) one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Material Group Member involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or to the extent not covered by insurance) of $25,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been waived, vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof; or

(i) except as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder, any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party shall so assert in writing, or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby; or

(j) except as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder, the guarantee contained in Section 7 of this Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party shall so assert; or

(k)  (i) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means or warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)‑5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the outstanding common stock of the Guarantor; or (ii) the board of directors of the Guarantor shall cease to consist of a majority of Continuing Directors;

then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (f) above with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following actions may be taken:  (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower declare the Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Commitments shall immediately terminate; and (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.  Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

SECTION 9. THE AGENTS

9.1 Appointment.  Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities,

51


 

duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

9.2 Delegation of Duties.  The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys‑in‑fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.  The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys in‑fact selected by it with reasonable care.

9.3 Exculpatory Provisions.  Neither any Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys‑in‑fact or Affiliates shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agents under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure of any Loan Party a party thereto to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  The Agents shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party.

9.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, email, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Loan Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.

9.5 Notice of Default.  The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender or a Loan Party referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”.  In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders.  The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative

52


 

Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

9.6 Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders.  Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys‑in‑fact or Affiliates have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender.  Each Lender represents to the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Affiliates and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Affiliates.  Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys‑in‑fact or Affiliates.

9.7 Indemnification.  The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent and its officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, advisors and controlling persons (each, an “ Agent Indemnitee ”) (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Applicable Percentages in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such Applicable Percentages immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent Indemnitee under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

9.8 Agent in Its Individual Capacity.  Each Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party as though such Agent were not an Agent.  With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

53


 

9.9 Successor Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 10 days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower.  If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall (unless an Event of Default under Section 8(a) or Section 8(f) with respect to the Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing) be subject to approval by the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans.  If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date that is 10 days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective, and the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.  After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 9 and Section 10.5 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

9.10 Syndication Agents.  The Syndication Agents shall not have any duties or responsibilities hereunder in their capacities as such.

9.11 Certain ERISA Matters.

(a)  Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, solely for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Bookrunners and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party (the “ Relevant Parties ”), that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i)  such Lender is not using “plan assets” of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans or the Commitments;

(ii)  the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement;

(iii)  (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and

54


 

(D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement; or

(iv)  such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

(b)  In addition, (I) unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or (II) if such sub-clause (i) is not true with respect to a Lender and such Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a) , such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Relevant Entities, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that:

(i)  none of the Relevant Entities is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents);

(ii)  the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement is independent (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-21, as amended from time to time) and is a bank, an insurance carrier , a registered investment adviser, a registered broker-dealer or other person that has under management or control, total assets of at least $50 million, in each case as described in 29 CFR § 2510.3-21(c)(1)(i)(A)-(E), as amended from time to time ;

(iii)  the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to particular transactions and investment strategies ;

(iv)  the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement is a fiduciary under ERISA or the Code, or both, with respect to the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the transactions hereunder; and

(v)  no fee or other compensation is being paid directly to any Relevant Entity for investment advice (as opposed to other services) in connection with the Loans, the Commitments or this Agreement.

(c)  Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Bookrunners hereby informs the Lenders that each such Person is not undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such Person has a financial interest in the transactions contemplated hereby in that such Person or an Affiliate thereof (i) may receive interest or other payments with respect to the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, (ii) may recognize a gain if it extended the Loans or the Commitments for an amount less than the amount being paid for an interest in the Loans or the Commitments by such Lender or (iii) may receive fees or other payments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Loan

55


 

Documents or otherwise, including structuring fees, commitment fees, arrangement fees, facility fees, upfront fees, underwriting fees, ticking fees, agency fees, administrative agent or collateral agent fees, utilization fees, minimum usage fees, letter of credit fees, fronting fees, deal-away or alternate transaction fees, amendment fees, processing fees, term out premiums, banker’s acceptance fees, breakage or other early termination fees or fees similar to the foregoing.

SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Amendments and Waivers.  Neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.1.  The Required Lenders and each Loan Party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (a) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided ,   however , that, subject to Section 2.15(b), no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except (x) in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates (which waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Required Lenders) and (y) that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (i)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; (ii) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 10.1 without the written consent of such Lender; (iii) reduce any percentage specified in the definitions of Required Lenders or Supermajority Lenders or consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release any Collateral (except as provided for in the Loan Documents) or release the Guarantor from its obligations under the guarantee contained in Section 7 of this Agreement, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; (iv) amend, modify or waive any provisions in Section 2.11(a), (b) and (c) without the written consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby; (v) amend or modify the definitions of “Eligible Assets” or “Loan Value”, to the extent such amendment or modification would result in a less restrictive standard than set forth in such definitions, in each case without the written consent of  the Supermajority Lenders (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the foregoing clause (v), exchange-traded funds (other than leveraged exchange-traded funds and synthetic exchange-traded funds (other than Qualified Synthetic ETFs)) shall be considered “Eligible ETFs” upon the request of the Borrower and with the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed));  (vi) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 9 without the written consent of the Administrative Agent; (vii) amend, modify or waive any of the rights or duties of the Swingline Lenders without the written consent of each Swingline Lender, if any, that holds a Swingline Loan that is outstanding at the time that such amendment, modification or waiver becomes effective; (viii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.16 or the definition of the term “Defaulting Lender” without the written consent of the Administrative Agent or, if any Swingline Loans are outstanding at such time, the applicable Swingline Lender or Swingline Lenders (for the avoidance of doubt, this clause (viii) shall be the only clause in this proviso applicable to any such amendment, modification or waiver of Section 2.16 or the definition of the term “Defaulting Lender”) or (ix) amend, modify or waive the provisions of Section 9 of the Security Agreement related to the order of payment of the Obligations thereunder, without the written consent of all Lenders.  Any such

56


 

waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Loans.  In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall be authorized and directed to enter into an intercreditor agreement on the terms described in Section 6.2(n) without the consent of any of the Lenders.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, technical and conforming modifications to the Loan Documents may be made with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to the extent necessary to integrate any Incremental Commitments on substantially the same basis as the Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the amendments contemplated by the proviso of Section 2.17(a)(ii)).

10.2 Notices.  All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth in an administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case of the Lenders, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:

Borrower:

Investment Technology Group, Inc.

One Liberty Plaza

165 Broadway

New York, New York  10006

 

Attention:  General Counsel

 

Telecopy:  (212) 588-4659

 

Telephone:  (212) 588-4000

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc.

One Liberty Plaza

165 Broadway

New York, New York  10006

 

Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

 

Telecopy:  (212) 588-4151

 

Telephone:  (212) 588-4000

 

 

with a copy to:

legalnotices@itg.com

 

Administrative Agent:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

500 Stanton Christiana Rd, NCC5/Floor 1

Newark, DE 19713

 

Attention:  Pranay Tyagi

 

Telecopy:  (302) 634-8459

 

Telephone:  (302) 634-8799

 

57


 

 

with a copy to:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

500 Stanton Christiana Rd, NCC5/Floor 1

Newark, Delaware 19713

Attention:  Joseph Burke

Telecopy:  (302) 634-8459

Telephone:  (302) 634-8799

 

provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall not be effective until received.

Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Section 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender.  The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

10.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

10.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties.  All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.

10.5 Payment of Expenses.  The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (without duplication) for all of their reasonable out‑of‑pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and filing and recording fees and expenses, with statements with respect to the foregoing to be submitted to the Borrower prior to the Closing Date (in the case of amounts to be paid on the Closing Date) and from time to time thereafter on a quarterly basis or such other periodic basis as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender and the Administrative Agent for all its costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including the fees and disbursements of counsel (including the allocated reasonable fees and expenses of in-house counsel) to each Lender and of counsel to the Administrative Agent, (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and the Administrative Agent harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise and other similar Taxes, if any, that may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification

58


 

of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and the Administrative Agent and their respective officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, agents, advisors and controlling persons (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans or the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of any Group Member or any of the Properties and the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel (limited to not more than one counsel, plus, if necessary, one local counsel per jurisdiction (unless a conflict exists, in which case the reasonable fees and expenses of one additional legal counsel (plus one local counsel per jurisdiction, if necessary) for each group of affected Lenders that is, as among themselves, not conflicted, shall be covered) and except for allocated costs of in-house counsel) in connection with such claims, actions or proceedings (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, provided , that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.  Without limiting the foregoing, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Guarantor agrees not to assert and to cause its Subsidiaries not to assert, and hereby waives and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries to waive, all rights for contribution or any other rights of recovery with respect to all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature, under or related to Environmental Laws, that any of them might have by statute or otherwise against any Indemnitee.  All amounts due under this Section 10.5 shall be payable not later than 10 days after written demand therefor.  Statements payable by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 10.5 shall be submitted to the attention of the General Counsel of the Borrower (Telephone No. 212-588-4000) (Telecopy No. 212-588-4659) with a copy to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower (Telephone No. 212-588-4000) (Telecopy No. 212-444-4151), both at the address of the Borrower set forth in Section 10.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent.  The agreements in this Section 10.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

10.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.    (a)  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section.

(b)  (i)  Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(iii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (each, an “ Assignee ”) other than (x) the Borrower or the Guarantor or any of their respective Affiliates, (y) any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in clause (x) or (y) or (z) a natural Person, all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent of:

(A) the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), provided that (x) no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a

59


 

Lender, an Approved Fund (as defined below) or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other Person and (y) the Borrower’s consent shall be deemed to have been given if the Borrower shall not have responded within five Business Days of an assignment request;

(B) the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); and

(C) each Swingline Lender that holds any Swingline Loan outstanding at the time such assignment is consummated (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

(ii)  Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Loans, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that (1) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire.

For the purposes of this Section 10.6, “ Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

(iii)  Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.12 or 2.13).  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 10.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

(iv)  The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time

60


 

to time (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender at any reasonable time, and from time to time, upon reasonable prior notice.

(v)  Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register.  No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c)  (i)  Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the proviso to the second sentence of Section 10.1 and (2) directly affects such Participant.  Subject to paragraph (c)(iii) of this Section, the parties hereto agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12 and 2.13, and in the case of Section 2.13(e) and (f) subject to the same obligations, to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section.  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.7(b) as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant shall be subject to Section 10.7(a) as though it were a Lender. 

(ii)  Each Lender that sells a participation, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, and such Lender and the Administrative Agent shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register pursuant to the terms hereof as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.

61


 

(iii)  A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.12 or 2.13 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.   

(d)  Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or any central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e)  The Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in paragraph (d) above.

10.7 Adjustments; Set‑off.    (a) Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender, if any Lender (a “ Benefited Lender ”) shall receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set‑off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 8(f), or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided ,   however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(b)  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to set off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower, as the case may be.  Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

10.8 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.  A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

10.9 Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such

62


 

prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

10.10 Integration.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

10.11 Governing Law.  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

10.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers.  Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in Manhattan, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York in Manhattan, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower, as the case may be at its address set forth in Section 10.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

10.13 Acknowledgements.  Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between Administrative Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

63


 

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Loan Parties and the Lenders.

10.14 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a)  the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b)  the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i)  a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii)  a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent entity, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii)  the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

10.15 Releases of Guarantees and Liens.    (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Lender except as expressly required by Section 10.1) to take any action requested by the Borrower having the effect of releasing any Collateral or guarantee obligations (i) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan Document (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in the circumstances described in Section 2.8(c) hereof) or that has been consented to in accordance with Section 10.1 or (ii) under the circumstances described in paragraph (b) below.

(b)  At such time as the Loans and the other Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than obligations under or in respect of contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) shall have been paid in full and the Commitments have been terminated, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created by the Security Documents, and the Security Documents and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party under the Loan Documents (including the Obligations) shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.

10.16 Confidentiality .  Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to keep, and to cause its Affiliates to keep, confidential all non-public information provided to it by any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement that is designated by the provider thereof as confidential; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Administrative Agent or any Lender from disclosing any such information (a) to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, (b) subject to an agreement to comply with the provisions of this Section, to any actual or prospective Transferee or any direct or indirect counterparty to any Swap Agreement (or any

64


 

professional advisor to such counterparty), (c) to its Affiliates, its and its Affiliates employees, directors, officers and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors or to any other Lender or Participant (it being understood that such disclosure will be made only to such Persons who have the need to know such information and only if the Persons to whom such disclosure is made are informed of the confidential nature of such information, instructed to keep such information confidential and receive such information in connection with (i) their evaluation of the ability of the Borrower to repay the Loans and perform their other obligations under the Loan Documents, (ii) administering the Obligations under this Agreement, (iii) servicing the Borrowings hereunder, (iv) protecting their interests under this Agreement or (v) performing any similar function in connection with any other extension of credit by the Lenders to the Guarantor or a Subsidiary (excluding any transaction in any public security of the Guarantor or a Subsidiary), (d) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority, (e) in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, (f) if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding, (g) that has been publicly disclosed other than as a result of a known breach of any requirement to keep such information confidential, (h) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender, (i) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (j) to data service providers, including league table providers, that serve the lending industry, to the extent that such information is routinely provided by arrangers to such data service providers.

10.17 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL.  THE LOAN PARTIES, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

10.18 USA PATRIOT Act .  Each Lender subject to the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”) hereby notifies the Borrower and the Guarantor that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is hereby required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and the Guarantor, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and the Guarantor and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower and the Guarantor in accordance with the Patriot Act. The Borrower and the Guarantor shall provide all documentation and information that each Lender reasonably requests (a) in order to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under the Patriot Act or (b) that is required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” rules and regulations.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

 

65


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

ITG INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Francis J. Troise

 

Name: Francis J. Troise

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven R. Vigliotti

 

Name: Steven R. Vigliotti

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Francis J. Troise

 

Name: Francis J. Troise

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven R. Vigliotti

 

Name: Steven R. Vigliotti

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Signature Page to the ITG Inc. Credit Agreement


 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kortney Knight

 

Name: Kortney Knight

 

Title: Vice President

 

Signature Page to the ITG Inc. Credit Agreement


 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as Syndication Agent and as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kevin Yuen

 

Name: Kevin Yuen

 

Title: Vice President

 

Signature Page to the ITG Inc. Credit Agreement


 

 

BANK OF MONTREAL , as Syndication Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Tarr

 

Name: Adam Tarr

 

Title: Director

 

Signature Page to the ITG Inc. Credit Agreement


 

 

BMO HARRIS BANK N.A., as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Tarr

 

Name: Adam Tarr

 

Title: Director

 

Signature Page to the ITG Inc. Credit Agreement


Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction of
Incorporation/Organization

ITG Inc. 

 

Delaware

AlterNet Securities, Inc. 

 

Delaware

ITG Software Solutions, Inc. 

 

Delaware

ITG Global Trading Incorporated

 

Delaware

ITG Solutions Network, Inc. 

 

Delaware

ITG Analytics, Inc. 

 

Delaware

ITG Platforms Inc. 

 

Delaware

ITG Ventures Inc.

 

Delaware

Hoenig Group Inc.

 

Delaware

ITG Foreign Exchange Inc.

 

Delaware

ITG Global Production, Inc.

 

Delaware

ITG Capital, Inc.

 

Delaware

POSIT Alert LLC

 

Delaware

Plexus Plan Sponsor Holding Corporation

 

Delaware

Investment Technology Group International Limited

 

Ireland

ITG Ventures Limited

 

Ireland

Investment Technology Group Limited

 

Ireland

Investment Technology Group Europe Limited

 

Ireland

AlterNet (UK) Limited

 

United Kingdom

ITG Platforms Spain, S.L.

 

Spain

ITG Software Solutions (France) SAS

 

France

ITG Pacific Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

ITG Australia Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

ITG Australia Limited

 

Australia

Vitic Nominees Pty Limited

 

Australia

Veran Nominees Pty Limited

 

Australia

ITG Asia Holdings Ltd.

 

Bermuda

ITG Securities (Asia) Limited

 

Hong Kong

Hoenig (Far East) Limited

 

Hong Kong

ITG Asia Infrastructure Limited

 

Hong Kong

ITG Hong Kong Limited

 

Hong Kong

ITG Singapore Pte. Limited

 

Singapore

ITG Canada Corp. 

 

Nova Scotia

TriAct Canada Marketplace LP

 

Ontario

TCM Corp.

 

Nova Scotia

 

 

 

 

 


Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors

Investment Technology Group, Inc.:

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-219917, No. 333-209160, No. 333-207126, No. 333-78309, No. 333-42725, No. 333-50804, No. 333-89290, No. 333-99087, No. 333-26309, No. 333-159271, No. 333-156634, No. 333-166855, No. 333-170116 No. 333-175017, No. 333-189267, and No. 333-189268) on Form S-8 of Investment Technology Group, Inc. of our reports dated February 28, 2018, with respect to the consolidated statements of financial condition of Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, which reports appear in the December 31, 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Investment Technology Group, Inc .

 

8

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

 

 

New York, New York

 

February 28 , 2018

 

 

 


Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Francis J. Troise, certify that:

 

1.           I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Investment Technology Group, Inc.;

 

2.           Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.           Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.           The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)           Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)           Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)           Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

5.           The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)           All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)           Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 28, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ FRANCIS J. TROISE

 

Francis J. Troise

 

Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Steven R. Vigliotti, certify that:

 

1.           I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Investment Technology Group, Inc.;

 

2.           Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.           Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.           The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)           Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)           Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)           Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

5.           The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)           All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)           Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 28, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ STEVEN R. VIGLIOTTI

 

Steven R. Vigliotti

 

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer

 


Exhibit 32.1

 

Certification Under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

(18 U.S.C., Section 1350)

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Investment Technology Group, Inc. (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2017, as filed with the SEC on the date hereof (the "Report"), Francis J. Troise, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Steven R. Vigliotti, as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, that to his knowledge :

 

(1)          T he Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"); a nd

 

(2)          T he information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Compan y.

 

/s/ FRANCIS J. TROISE

 

/s/ STEVEN R. VIGLIOTTI

Francis J. Troise

 

Steven R. Vigliotti

Chief Executive Officer

 

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer

February 28, 2018

 

February 28, 2018

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference .